Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Healthcare Information Services / OptimizeRx Corporation

OptimizeRx Corporation

oprx · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker oprx
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Healthcare Information Services
Employees 128
← All annual reports
FY2024 Annual Report · OptimizeRx Corporation
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
 
  
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-K
 
☒ ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR
15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024
 
☐ TRANSITION
REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the transition period from _________ to ________
 
Commission file number: 001-38543
 
OptimizeRx Corporation
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
Nevada
 
26-1265381
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
 
 
260 Charles Street Suite 302
Waltham, MA
 
02453
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)
 
Registrant’s telephone number: 248-651-6568
 
Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the
Exchange Act:
 
Title of each class
 
Trading Symbol
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $0.001
 
OPRX
 
NASDAQ Capital Market
 
Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the
Exchange Act: None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a
well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is
not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐
No ☒
 
Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant (1)
has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
during the preceding 12 months
(or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements
for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐
 
Indicate by check mark whether the
registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T
(§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to
submit such files).
Yes ☒ No ☐
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant
is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an
emerging growth company.
 See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,”
 and “emerging growth
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 
 
☐
Large accelerated filer
☐
Accelerated filer
 
 
☒
Non-accelerated filer
☒
Smaller reporting company
 
 
 
 
☐
Emerging growth company
 
 
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant
has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new
or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant
to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant
has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control
over financial
reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or
issued its audit report. ☐
 
If securities are registered pursuant to Section
12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the
filing reflect the correction
of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐
 
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error
corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received
by any of the registrant’s
executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐
 
Indicate by check mark whether the
registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒
 
State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common
equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the
common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked
price of such common equity, as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently
completed second fiscal quarter. $179,568,360

 
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each
of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date. 18,490,385 common shares
as of March 11, 2025.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
Certain portions of the registrant’s definitive
proxy statement, in connection with its 2025 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission within
120 days after December 31, 2024, are incorporated by reference into PART III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
 
 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
 
Page
PART I
 
 
 
Item 1.
Business
1
Item 1A.
Risk Factors
5
Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments
18
Item 1C.
Cybersecurity
18
Item 2.
Properties
20
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings
20
Item 4.
Mine Safety Disclosures
20
Item 4.1.
Information about Our Executive Officers
20
 
 
 
PART II
 
 
 
Item 5.
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
22
Item 6.
Reserved
22
Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
22
Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
30
Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
31
Item 9.
Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
32
Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures
32
Item 9B.
Other Information
33
Item 9C.
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
33
 
 
 
PART III
 
Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
34
Item 11.
Executive Compensation
34
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
34
Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
34
Item 14.
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
34
 
 
 
PART IV
 
 
 
Item 15.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
35
Item 16.
Form 10-K Summary
35
 
i

 
 
FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENT
 
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains statements
that relate to future events and expectations and, as such, constitute forward-looking statements,
within the meaning of the Private Securities
 Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Certain statements, other than purely historical information, including
estimates, projections, statements
relating to our strategies, outlook, business and financial prospects, business plans, objectives, and expected operating
results, and
the assumptions upon which those statements are based, are “forward-looking statements.” These forward-looking statements
generally are
identified by the words “believes,” “project,” “expects,” “anticipates,”
“estimates,” “intends,” “strategy,” “plan,” “may,” “will,” “would,”
“will be,” “will
continue,” “will likely result,” and similar expressions. Forward-looking statements
are based on current expectations and assumptions that are subject to
risks and uncertainties which may cause actual results to differ
 materially from the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are not
guarantees of future performance. Although OptimizeRx
believes that the expectations reflected in any forward-looking statements are based on reasonable
assumptions, these expectations may
not be attained and it is possible that actual results may differ materially from those indicated by these forward-
looking statements
due to a variety of risks, uncertainties and changes in circumstances, many of which are beyond OptimizeRx’s control.
 
For a discussion of some of the specific factors
that could cause actual results to differ materially from the information contained in this report, see the
following sections of this
report: Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors,” and Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and
Results of Operations,” including the disclosures under “Critical Accounting Estimates”. Market projections
are subject to the risks discussed in this report
and other risks in the market. OptimizeRx disclaims any intention or obligation to update
publicly any forward-looking statements, whether in response to
new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by applicable
law.
 
Unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise
requires, when used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the terms “we,” “our,” “us,” “OptimizeRx,”
or the “Company” refer to OptimizeRx Corporation and its subsidiaries.
 
ii

 
 
SUMMARY OF RISK FACTORS
 
An investment in our Company is subject to a number
of risks. Set forth below is a high-level summary of some, but not all, of these risks. You should
review and carefully consider the risks
and uncertainties described in more detail in “Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Annual Report, which includes a
more
complete discussion of the risks summarized below as well as a discussion of other risks related to our business and an investment in
our securities.
 
Risks Related to Our Financial Position
 
●
We have a history of losses, and may not be able to achieve profitability,
or, if achieved, sustain profitability.
 
●
We may need to raise additional capital to grow our business and may not
be able to do so on favorable terms, if at all.
 
●
Servicing debt and funding other obligations requires a significant amount
of cash, and our ability to generate sufficient cash depends on many
factors, some of which are beyond our control.
 
●
Restrictions in our Term Loan could adversely affect our business, financial
condition, results of operations, ability to make distributions, and the
value of our securities.
 
Risks Related to Our Business: Our Industry,
Operations, and Competition
 
●
Seasonal trends in the pharmaceutical brand marketing industry could affect
our operating results.
 
●
Developing and implementing new and updated applications, features and services
for our solutions may be more difficult than expected, may take
longer and cost more than expected and may not result in sufficient increases
in revenue to justify the costs.
 
●
Any failure to offer high-quality customer support for our solutions may
adversely affect our relationships with our customers and harm our
financial results.
 
●
We are dependent on a concentrated group of customers.
 
●
If we are unable to maintain our contracts with electronic prescription
platforms and electronic health record systems, our business will suffer.
 
●
Our agreements with eRx and EHR channel partners could be subject to audit.
 
●
If we fail to attract new customers or retain and expand existing customers,
our business and future prospects may be materially and adversely
impacted.
 
●
The markets in which we operate are competitive, continually evolving and,
in some cases, subject to rapid change.
 
●
Developments in the healthcare industry could adversely affect our business.
 
Risks Related to Regulatory Matters
 
●
Actual or perceived failures to comply with applicable laws and regulations
that affect the healthcare industry, including data protection, privacy
and security, fraud and abuse laws, regulations, standards and
other requirements could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and
financial condition.
 
●
Our operations may be impacted from changes to current regulations and future
legislation.
 
●
If our customers, partners, and third-party providers fail to comply with
the extensive and changing landscape of legal and regulatory requirements
affecting the pharmaceutical and healthcare industries, they
could face increased costs and/or penalties, which could lead to us losing business.
 
Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property
and Technology
 
●
We are dependent, in part, on our intellectual property. If we are not able
to protect our proprietary rights or if those rights are invalidated or
circumvented, our business may be adversely affected.
 
●
Cybersecurity incidents could disrupt business operations, result in the
loss of critical and confidential information, and adversely impact our
reputation and results of operations.
 
●
We may be unable to support our technology to further scale our operations
successfully.
 
●
Our business will suffer if our network systems fail or become unavailable.
 
●
The use of AI technology in our operations and IT infrastructure could improve
internal processes, but poses security risks and privacy risks; the
use of AI technology also faces regulatory uncertainty and scrutiny
given that AI technology is rapidly growing and evolving.
iii

 
 
Risks Related to Managing Our Growth
 
●
If we are unable to manage growth, our operations could be adversely affected.
 
●
We may not be able to identify suitable acquisition candidates, complete
acquisitions or integrate acquisitions successfully.
 
●
Our acquisition activities may disrupt our ongoing business and may involve
 increased expenses, and we may not realize the financial and
strategic goals contemplated at the time of a transaction.
 
Risks Related to Inflation, Interest Rates,
and Other Adverse Economic Conditions
 
●
Interest rate increases may adversely affect our financial condition and
results of operations.
 
●
We could be subject to economic, political, regulatory and other risks arising
from our international operations.
 
●
Inflation, the current interest rate environment, and other adverse economic
conditions may adversely affect our business, results of operations and
financial condition.
 
●
Geopolitical events may affect our business and our customer base and have
a material adverse impact on our sales and operating results.
 
●
Impairment charges for goodwill or other long-lived assets may need to be
recognized or increased if we lose a major customer, experience a
decline in our common stock price or experience changes to the regulatory
environment affecting pharmaceutical advertising restricting the use of
our technology.
 
●
Market conditions could adversely change and our earnings could decline
resulting in charges to impair intangible assets, such as goodwill.
 
General Risks
 
●
Our business and growth may suffer if we are unable to attract and retain
members of our senior management team and other key employees.
 
●
The impact and effects of public health crises, pandemics and epidemics
could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial
condition, and operating results.
 
Risks Relating to Our Common Stock
 
●
If a market for our common stock is not maintained, shareholders may be
unable to sell their shares.
 
●
The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile and could fluctuate
widely in price in response to various factors, many of which
are beyond our control.
 
●
We do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future and any return
on investment may be limited to the value of our common stock.
 
●
Certain provision of our charter, bylaws and Nevada law may discourage takeover
attempts and business combinations that shareholders might
consider in their best interests.
 
●
Actions of activist stockholders could be disruptive and costly and could
adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, and/or
share price.
 
Risks Related to Being a Public Company
 
●
We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial
reporting. Failure to remediate the material weakness or any other
material weaknesses that we identify in the future could result in
material misstatements in our future financial statements.
 
●
Conflicting views on environmental, social and governance matters may have
a negative impact on our business, impose additional costs on us,
and expose us to additional risks.
iv

 
 
PART 1
Item 1. Business
 
General
 
OptimizeRx is a leading healthcare
 technology company that is redefining how life sciences brands connect with patients and healthcare providers.
OptimizeRx is a
Nevada corporation and was founded in 2006 in Rochester, Michigan as a healthcare technology company delivering various types of
messages, including coupons and co-pays directly to physicians and pharmacists though electronic health record (EHR) systems and
ePrescribing (eRx)
platforms. Over time, the demand for different types of communication and marketing solutions among life sciences
organizations, healthcare professionals
(HCPs), and patients led us to expand upon our initial solution to increase the variety of
health-related information we deliver, as well as the platforms,
technology, and audiences through, and to which we deliver.
 
By combining artificial intelligence (AI)-driven tools with our original
financial messaging solution, we progressively enhanced our original financial
messaging solution. Our current AI-enabled Dynamic Audience
Activation Platform (DAAP) not only identifies precise HCP audiences, but also estimates
which HCPs will see brand eligible patients,
and when such brand eligible patients will be seen.
 
After acquiring
Healthy Offers, Inc. (d/b/a “Medicx” or “Medicx Health”) in 2023, we expanded our capabilities to include direct-to-consumer
(DTC)
marketing using our patent-protected Micro-Neighborhood Targeting (MNT) solution. MNT uses de-identified claims data to target not
individual patients,
but geographies in which eligible patients live, to better target audiences for brand manufacturers - a
privacy-centric approach to audience creation. With
the integration of DTC marketing, our life sciences brand customers can now access
across our omnichannel network to reach both HCP and patient
audiences. Today, we offer diverse tech-enabled marketing solutions using
 sophisticated machine-learning algorithms to find the best audience in the
correct channels at the right time.
 
Customers are able to execute traditional marketing
 campaigns on our proprietary digital point-of-care network, as well as dynamic DTC marketing
campaigns that optimize audiences in real
time to increase the value of treatment information for HCPs and patients. Connecting over two million U.S.
healthcare providers and millions
 of their patients through an intelligent technology platform embedded within a proprietary omnichannel network,
OptimizeRx helps life
sciences organizations engage and support their customers.
 
Business Strategy
 
OptimizeRx is at a pivotal moment in its almost 20-year
history. Over the past few months, we have completed an extensive review of our business
processes, operations, growth plans, capital
allocation, strategies and opportunities - with the ultimate goal of assessing how we can best create value for
our shareholders.
 
On March 10, 2025, after a rigorous search and selection
process for a new Chief Executive Officer that was conducted by our independent directors with
the assistance of a leading executive search
firm, we named Stephen L. Silvestro as our Chief Executive Officer.
 
As Mr. Silvestro leads the next phase of the
Company’s growth and transformation, many of our business priorities will be the same, such as continuing to
focus on customer
centricity and delight, operational excellence, disciplined execution, developing stronger relationships with our valued business
partners,
and expanding our unique value proposition with our top-tier pharma customers. However, going forward, a core aspect of
our new value creation strategy
will be to drive towards being recognized as a “Rule of 40” company within the next
several years such that our combined annual revenue growth rate and
EBITDA margin are 40% or higher. Like other companies aspiring
to be a “Rule of 40” company, we understand the need to effectively balance growth
with profitability. As we drive
towards this ambitious financial goal, we plan to develop a re-occurring revenue component to our business as we look to
convert our
DAAP customers to a subscription-based model for the data component of our offerings. We believe this will improve our EBITDA
margins
over time while substantially enhancing the overall predictability of our revenue streams. We also believe this will enhance
our ability to scale our business
and more thoughtfully plan for profitable growth.
 
While we believe we are executing the right strategy,
our Board of Directors and management team understand the need to regularly review our strategy,
assess it against a variety of opportunities
that may create greater value, and ensure that the strategy we are executing is fully aligned with the best interests
of our shareholders.
 
1

 
 
Industry Background
 
Life sciences organizations face a challenging
 commercial landscape. The life sciences industry is characterized by rapidly advancing science and
technologies, intense competition,
and a strong emphasis on differentiated products.
 
As a result, life sciences organizations have
increasingly turned to technology solutions to support their commercial strategies. According to industry
sources, total pharmaceutical
 industry commercial spend in the United States is $30 billion of which approximately $10 billion is attributable to
commercial digital
spend.
 
We believe significant opportunity exists to address
the unmet needs of life sciences organizations as they relate to digital solutions, including omnichannel
access to HCPs, for our customers’
biggest commercial challenges. These complex challenges include brand visibility to HCPs which is impacted by a
competitive drug environment
with sales representatives losing time in front of prescribers, augmented by the amount of time the HCPs have to spend in
front of computers
and in the EHR. Further, EHRs do not often communicate with one another, creating interoperability issues resulting in HCPs not
having
all relevant patient information. In addition, expensive specialty medications are becoming more common and involve more complex diagnosis
criteria - factors that contribute to substantial script abandonment by patients. Our solutions are designed to address these and other
commercial challenges
faced by our customers.
 
Principal Solutions
 
We offer clear, actionable solutions to the challenges
faced by our customers, and our combined HCP and DTC marketing strategies are designed to ensure
our customers’ brands are positioned
at the right moment and with the right message, always prioritizing the end result: successful brand engagement to
reach both HCPs and
patients, ultimately resulting in improved patient care.
 
Our principal solutions can be summarized as follows:
 
Audience Development: DAAP and MNT
 
●
Dynamic Audience Activation Platform (DAAP) generates dynamic audiences
 with predictive analytics via machine learning methods. This
identifies which potentially qualified patients and which HCPs to actively
engage based on the patient’s care journey and disease progression.
These dynamic audiences provide our manufacturing customers
with relevant and timely targets, generating a higher likelihood of impact.
 
●
Micro-Neighborhood Targeting (MNT) creates consumer audiences using
a privacy-first process. MNT looks for all patients expressing brand
eligibility signals (covering more than 90% of the U.S. population),
then scores over 35 million 9-digit zip codes based on the concentration of
those signals to create a prioritized, yet de-identified audience.
Geographies are automatically refreshed and prioritized regularly for maximum
marketing relevance and precision. Our clients may then
activate these audiences through programmatic Demand-Side Platforms (DSPs).
 
Audience Profiling: Profiler
 
●
Our audience profiling solution, Profiler, provides insights into our customers’
target consumers, identifying the most cost effective and engaging
channels, partners, and strategies for our customers. Audience profiling
enables clients to maximize marketing dollars, focusing on channels their
targets are most likely to be consuming, and more specifically
focusing on the media partners within those channels. This is critical to upfront
planning as well as periodic analysis to ensure efficient
use of marketing budgets.
 
2

 
 
Audience Activation and Media Execution
 
●
Our primary media offering is banner messaging delivered to HCPs. Banner messages include brand messaging,
therapeutic support messaging,
affordability messaging, HUB awareness, limited distribution drug information, and patient support program
messaging. We can deliver these in a
number of ways via our HCP omnichannel network (EHR systems and eRx platforms), programmatic social
media, and programmatic display.
 
●
With the acquisition of Medicx, our omnichannel solutions expanded further to offering media execution
solutions to consumer audiences. To
reach consumer audiences - brand eligible patients - we deliver messages via our consumer omnichannel
network including through programmatic
display, programmatic connected television (CTV)/over-the-top (OTT), programmatic social media,
addressable television (ATV), digital out-of-
home (OOH), programmatic audio (podcasts, apps, radio), and email/direct mail.
 
Pharmacy Alerts
 
●
Pharmacy Alerts improves the existing workflow for prescribing HCPs by informing
them in real time about which pharmacies are able to fill a
patient’s prescription. Currently, HCPs typically see a list of pharmacies
near their patients, sorted by proximity, without regard to whether each
pharmacy carries the medication or is permitted to fill it (in
case of a limited distribution drug). Pharmacy Alerts flags pharmacies that have the
medication in stock and are able to fill the prescriptions,
resulting in less frustration and added work for prescribing physicians, pharmacies and
patients and less waiting time to get essential
medications to the patients.
 
Financial Messaging
 
●
Financial Messaging provides prescribers visibility to branded copay offers for patients directly within
their EHR systems and eRx platforms. It
allows prescribers to print or digitally send copay offer details to the dispensing pharmacy.
Our solution addresses the fact that many healthcare
systems and prescribers are looking for an easier, more effective way to increase
affordable access to their prescribed branded medications.
 
Sales and Marketing
 
The go-to-market
strategy for the business aligns sales and marketing efforts while keeping customer engagement at the core. Engaging customers early,
providing value throughout their journey, and nurturing long-term relationships drive sustainable growth and retention. Our sales and
marketing teams
include over 25 individuals focused on awareness, adoption and expansion of data and technology solutions designed to
address the digital engagement
needs of life sciences brands and their agency partners.
 
DAAP, our
 patent pending patient-centric omnichannel engagement platform combines artificial intelligence (AI) and human intelligence (HI), to
determine
 the optimal time to engage patients and physicians. We synchronize HCP and DTC marketing across the programmatic and point-of-care
channels
 to increase brand conversions, streamline therapy starts, and build stronger brand relationships. Our sales and marketing teams
 work closely
together to cultivate customer relationships. We use a number of methods to market and promote our solutions, including digital
advertising, industry
events, trade shows, conferences, media coverage, social media, and email.
 
Technology
 
Our proprietary technology platform enables us
to curate privacy safe DTC audiences, dynamic HCP and DTC audiences, and effectively manage digital
media campaigns for our advertiser
clients (agencies, and manufacturer/brands) across our channel partner network. Our platform consists of a unified data
intelligence technology
stack, multiple cloud-based data warehouses, and in-house applications and application programming interface layers. Collectively,
this
platform enables us with a collaborative environment for data engineering, data science, and machine learning, an efficient method to
curate privacy
safe DTC audiences, and a scalable means to manage both point-of-care media campaigns and the supply-side inventory request
 volume. For the
management of point-of-care media campaigns, the platform integrates advanced features of a Supply-Side Platform (SSP),
 allowing us to provide
seamless access to an expansive range of point-of-care inventory via our strategic partnerships. As an SSP, our
platform enables us to manage and optimize
our point-of-care network’s ad inventory, maximizing their revenue. On the demand side,
our platform empowers our account and program managers to
efficiently manage our customers’ campaign(s). Our technology is built
 on a scalable and secure architecture that supports high-performance data
processing, real-time decisioning, and integration with third-party
data providers.
 
To support our growth and provide maximum security,
 scalability, and flexibility, all our systems, including from acquisitions, are now hosted and
integrated in the cloud. Our technology
development and systems management core team is in the U.S. and in Croatia, with contractors in India and
Ukraine to provide bench depth,
rich skills experience, and business economies. The teams are organized into Centers of Excellence focused on Product
Domains, Quality
Assurance, Information Security, Data Warehousing, Business Intelligence, Platform Services, and Internal Systems Support. System
enhancements
 in 2024 included system and framework upgrades, documentation of processes and procedures, security implementation for ongoing
cybersecurity,
Sarbanes Oxley, HIPAA, and customer security assessments, and in achieving both System and Organization
Controls (SOC) 2 Type 1 and
Type 2 certifications.
 
3

 
 
Competition
 
The competitive
landscape within life sciences digital marketing is constantly evolving. Our solutions face competition from numerous other companies.
 
We compete broadly in the dynamic and ever-evolving
pharmaceutical and life sciences digital marketing industry with healthcare data suppliers, health-
focused demand-side platforms, and
 health-focused walled garden websites and web platforms, and advertising networks that aggregate traffic from
multiple web sites or point-of-care
platforms such as telehealth, EHR, eRx, physician practice management, health information exchanges (HIE), and site-
based platforms within
large health systems. Our competitors include large well-known companies with established names, solid market niches, and wide
arrays
of product offerings and marketing networks.
 
As innovators
in the industry, we have patented and patent-pending technologies that provide unique differentiation, including a patient-centric focus
on
brand conversion, and value generation for our customers. Our extensive point-of-care network provides our customers with unparalleled
reach to relevant
prescribers. We are uniquely able to use DAAP to produce targeted, privacy-safe audiences for both consumers and their
treating HCPs, allowing brand
engagement to occur within the likely care window to find brand-eligible patients at the right time for
brand adoption. DAAP leverages the investment in
data and AI technologies, combined with human intelligence, in applying brand-specific
strategies to optimize program performance. Our patented MNT
technology provides a unique opportunity for pharmaceutical brands to market
to consumers while adhering to HIPAA and state level privacy requirements.
 
For more information on risks relating to our
competition, see Item 1A. Risk Factors.
 
Intellectual Property
 
Historically, we have created intellectual property
or obtained intellectual property through commercial relationships and in connection with acquisitions.
 
We own patents important to our business, and
we expect to continue to file patent applications to protect our research and development investments in new
products. As of December  31,
 2024, we held five patents and two pending patent applications, including foreign counterpart patents and foreign
applications. For the
United States, patents may last 20 years from the date of the patent’s filing, subject to term adjustments made by the patent office.
 
In addition, we own registered trademarks in the
United States and other countries. As of December 31, 2024, OPTIMIZERx, OPTIMIZEMD, CareSpeak,
DIETWATCH, Innovate4Outcomes, SPRx,
SPx, RMDY, Specialty Express, TELAREP, Medicx, Micro-Neighborhood, and Geomedical Targeting are our
registered trademarks.
 
We also have licenses to intellectual property
for the use and sale of certain of our solutions. In addition, we obtain other intellectual property rights and/or
licenses used in connection
with our business when practical and appropriate.
 
Government Regulation
 
The healthcare industry and, in particular, our
customers and partners are subject to U.S. federal, state and local laws and regulations, including those
governing fraud, abuse, privacy
and security. Many of these laws and regulations are complicated and how they might apply to us, our customers, our
partners, or the specific
services and relationships we have with our customers and partners are not always well-defined. Many states have enacted laws
regulating
 the processing of personal information which may reduce demand for placing digital ads in general, especially when those ads relate to
medications, medical products, or health conditions. Although our solutions address these laws by using publicly available information
and by processing
de-identified and aggregated information, and we use this data to target geographies rather than individuals, our customers
and partners in the advertising
industry remain subject to these regulatory pressures and may not process personal information in this
same way. Our failure, or perceived failure, to
accurately apply, or comply with, these laws and regulations could subject us to significant
fines and liability, result in reputational harm, and adversely
affect our business. Any new or amended laws or regulations that impose
significant operational restrictions and compliance requirements may negatively
impact our business. See Item 1A. Risk Factors for more
information on the impact of Government Regulations on OptimizeRx.
 
Human Capital
 
As of December 31, 2024, we had 106 full-time
employees and 1 part-time employee in the U.S, as well as 22 full-time employees in Croatia. None of our
employees are represented by
a labor union or collective bargaining agreement with respect to their employment with us. The majority of our employees
work remotely
and are geographically distributed across the United States and Croatia. We supplement our workforce with contractors in the United States
and internationally on an as-needed basis. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good and have not experienced any work
stoppages.
 
We are dedicated to providing a supportive and
 respectful environment for our employees where everyone feels valued, and we celebrate both the
differences and similarities among our
people. We also believe that diversity in all areas, including cultural background, experience and thought, is essential
to bettering
 a professional environment and in making our Company stronger. Our Diversity, Equity, Inclusion & Belonging Committee (DEI&B)
 is
actively engaged in improving our culture, hiring practices and training. In 2023, we upheld the Parity Pledge – a commitment
made in 2021 to interview
and consider at least one qualified woman and one underrepresented minority for every open role, VP or higher.
In addition, the DEI&B Committee
sponsored quarterly events, including “Cultural Café”, “Food Waste Awareness”,
“Movement Challenge”, and “Affinity Groups”.
 
4

 
 
We prioritize recruiting, retaining, and incentivizing
 a highly qualified, diverse workforce as the success of our Company is dependent on the skills,
experience, and efforts of our employees.
A skilled workforce not only improves a company’s performance, but also contributes to overall employee
satisfaction and enhances
human capital. We have increased our focus on training and development for our current employees and have implemented a
Learning Management
System where current and future training modules will be presented and tracked for reporting purposes. We offer other learning and
development
opportunities and resources to support our employees in achieving and enhancing their development objectives. We equip our managers with
the skills and tools to provide ongoing coaching and feedback so employees can maximize their performance and potential, delivering success
for the
Company and the employee.
 
We pay our
employees competitively and offer a broad range of company-paid benefits, which we believe are competitive with others in our industry.
Moreover, we believe our long-term incentives are structured in a manner to provide time-based vesting schedules that are retentive
and we incentivize
select employees through the granting of stock-based awards and cash-based performance bonus awards.
 
Smaller Reporting Company
 
We are a “smaller reporting company”
as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). As a result, we may take
advantage of
certain reduced disclosure obligations available to smaller reporting companies, including the exemption from compliance with the auditor
attestation requirements pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2022, reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements
 and the
requirements to provide only two years of audited financial statements in our annual reports and registration statements. We will
continue to be a “smaller
reporting company” as long as (1) we have a public float (i.e., the market value of our American
Depositary Shares held by non-affiliates) less than $250
million calculated as of the last business day of our most recently completed
second fiscal quarter, or (2) our annual revenues are less than $100 million for
our previous fiscal year and we have either no public
float or a public float of less than $700 million as of the end of that fiscal year’s second fiscal quarter.
Decreased disclosures
in our SEC filings due to our status as a “smaller reporting company” may make it harder for investors to analyze our results
of
operations and financial prospects.
 
Corporate Information
 
On January 31, 2006, Optimizer Systems, L.L.C. was
formed in the State of Michigan and, on October 16, 2007, OptimizeRx Corporation was separately
incorporated in Michigan. On October 22,
2007, Optimizer Systems, LLC merged into OptimizeRx Corporation, a Michigan corporation, and the name
OptimizeRx Corporation remained
unchanged following the merger.
 
On April 14, 2008, an alternative reporting company with the OTC Market
Group, Inc., known at the time as RFID Ltd., and formed in the State of
Colorado, entered into a share exchange agreement with the stockholders
of OptimizeRx Corporation, pursuant to which the stockholders of OptimizeRx
Corporation exchanged all of the issued and outstanding capital
stock of OptimizeRx Corporation for shares of common stock of RFID Ltd.  As of April
30, 2008, RFID’s officers and directors
resigned their positions and RFID changed its business to OptimizeRx’s business.  On April 15, 2008, RFID Ltd’s
corporate name was changed to OptimizeRx Corporation, a Colorado corporation. On September 4, 2008, the Company then completed a migratory
merger, thereby changing the Company’s state of incorporation from Colorado to Nevada, resulting in OptimizeRx Corporation, a Nevada
corporation
becoming the parent corporation of OptimizeRx Corporation, a Michigan corporation. On April 11, 2023, OptimizeRx Corporation,
a Michigan corporation
was merged with and into OptimizeRx Corporation, a Nevada corporation.
 
We conduct our operations through our wholly-owned subsidiaries, Healthy
Offers, Inc. (d/b/a Medicx Health or “Medicx Health”), a Nevada corporation,
and CareSpeak Communications, d.o.o., a controlled
foreign corporation incorporated in Croatia.
 
Our principal executive offices are located at
260 Charles Street Suite 302, Waltham, MA 02453 and our telephone number is (248) 651-6568. Our website
address is www.optimizerx.com.
Information contained on or accessible through this website is not incorporated by reference in, or otherwise a part of, this
Annual Report
on Form 10-K, and any references to this website are intended to be inactive textual references only.
 
Available Information
 
We are subject to the informational requirements
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and in accordance therewith,
we file reports, proxy
and information statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). You can read our
SEC
filings over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Our filings with the SEC are also available free of charge through
the investor relations
section of our website at www.optimizerx.com. Reports are available free of charge as soon as reasonably
practicable after we electronically file them with,
or furnish them to, the SEC. From time to time, we also use multiple social media
channels to communicate with the public about OptimizeRx. It is
possible that the information we post on social media could be deemed
to be material information. Therefore, we encourage you to review the information
we post on the social media channels listed on our investor
relations website, if any.
 
Information contained on or accessible through
the websites and social media channels referred to above is not incorporated by reference in, or otherwise a
part of, this Annual Report,
and any references to these websites and social media channels are intended to be inactive textual references only.
 
Item 1A. Risk Factors
 
Risks Related to Our Financial Position
 
We have a history of losses, and may not
be able to achieve profitability, or, if achieved, sustain profitability.
 
With the exception of 2021, we have historically
incurred losses as a result of investing in future growth. While we have increased revenues, we have not
yet consistently achieved profitability
due to these investments and non-cash expenses. Our ability to achieve consistent profitability depends on our ability
to generate sales
through our technology platform and advertising model, while maintaining reasonable expense levels. If we do not achieve sustainable
profitability,
it may impact our ability to continue our operations.
 
5

 
 
We may need to raise additional capital
to grow our business and may not be able to do so on favorable terms, if at all.
 
We may need to raise additional capital in the
future, including to expand our operations and pursue our growth strategies, to respond to competitive
pressures, or to meet capital needs
in response to operating losses or unanticipated working capital requirements. Our inability to raise additional capital on
acceptable
terms in the future may limit our ability to continue to operate our business and further expand our operations.
 
Servicing debt and funding other obligations
 requires a significant amount of cash, and our ability to generate sufficient cash depends on many
factors, some of which are beyond our
control.
 
Our ability to make payments on and refinance
our indebtedness and to fund our operations and capital expenditures depends on our ability to generate cash
flow and secure financing
in the future. Our ability to generate future cash flow depends, among other things, on future operating performance, general
economic
conditions, competition, and legislative and regulatory factors affecting our operations and business.
 
Some of these factors are beyond our control.
There is no assurance that our business will generate cash flow from operations or that future debt or equity
financings will be available
to us to enable us to pay our indebtedness or to fund other needs. As a result, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our
indebtedness
on or before maturity. There is no assurance that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on favorable terms, or at all.
Any
inability to generate sufficient cash flow or refinance our indebtedness on favorable terms could have an adverse effect on our financial
condition.
 
Restrictions in our Term Loan could adversely
affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, ability to make distributions, and the value
of our securities.
 
Our Term Loan contains customary affirmative covenants,
including, among others, covenants pertaining to the delivery of financial statements; certain
financial covenants; notices of default
and certain other material events; payment of obligations; preservation of corporate existence, rights, privileges,
permits, licenses,
franchises and intellectual property; maintenance of property and insurance and compliance with laws, as well as customary negative
covenants,
including, among others, limitations on the incurrence of liens and entering into capital leases, investments and indebtedness; mergers
and
certain other fundamental changes; dispositions of assets; restricted payments; changes in our line of business; transactions with
affiliates and burdensome
agreements. These covenants could affect our ability to operate our business, increase the amount of interest
expense we ultimately pay pursuant to the
Term Loan, and may limit our ability to take advantage of potential business opportunities as
they arise.
 
Our ability to comply with the covenants and restrictions
contained in our Term Loan, may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing
economic, financial, and industry conditions.
 If market or other economic conditions deteriorate, our ability to comply with these covenants may be
impaired. A failure to comply with
these provisions could result in a default or an event of default. Upon an event of default, unless waived, the lenders
could elect to
terminate their commitments, cease making further loans, cause their loans to become
due and payable in full, foreclose against any assets
securing the debt under our Term Loan and force us and our subsidiaries into bankruptcy
or liquidation. If the payment of our debt is accelerated, our assets
may be insufficient to repay such debt in full, and the holders
of our stock could experience a partial or total loss of their investment.
 
Risks Related to Our Business: Our Industry,
Operations, and Competition
 
Seasonal trends in the pharmaceutical brand
marketing industry could affect our operating results.
 
In general, the pharmaceutical brand marketing
industry experiences seasonal trends that affect the vast majority of participants in the pharmaceutical
digital marketing industry. Many
pharmaceutical companies allocate the largest portion of their brand marketing to the fourth quarter of the calendar year.
As a result,
the first quarter tends to reflect lower activity levels and lower revenue, with gradual increases in the following quarters. We generally
expect
these seasonality trends to continue and our ability to effectively manage our resources in anticipation of these trends may affect
our operating results.
 
Developing and implementing new and updated
applications, features and services for our solutions may be more difficult than expected, may take
longer and cost more than expected
and may not result in sufficient increases in revenue to justify the costs.
 
Attracting and retaining users of our solutions
requires us to continue to improve the technology underlying those solutions and to continue to develop new
and updated applications,
features and services for those solutions. If we are unable to do so on a timely basis or if we are unable to implement new
applications,
features and services without disruption to our existing ones, we may lose potential users and clients. The costs of development of these
enhancements may negatively impact our ability to achieve profitability.
 
We rely on a combination of internal development,
strategic relationships, licensing and acquisitions to develop our solutions and related applications,
features and services. Our development
and/or implementation of new technologies, applications, features and services may cost more than expected, may
take longer than originally
expected, may require more testing than originally anticipated and may require the acquisition of additional personnel and other
resources.
There can be no assurance that the revenue opportunities from any new or updated technologies, applications, features or services will
justify the
amounts spent.
 
6

 
 
Any failure to offer high-quality customer
support for our solutions may adversely affect our relationships with our customers and harm our financial
results.
 
Once our solutions are implemented, our customers
use our support organization to resolve technical issues relating to our solutions. Increased demand for
our support services may increase
our costs without corresponding revenue, which could adversely affect our operating results. Further, the sale of our
solutions is highly
 dependent on the ease of use of our solutions, on our business reputation, and on favorable recommendations from our existing
customers.
Any failure to maintain high-quality and responsive customer support, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality support,
could harm our reputation, cause us to lose customers, adversely affect our ability to sell our solutions to prospective customers, and
harm our business,
operating results and financial condition.
 
We are dependent on a concentrated group
of customers.
 
Because the pharmaceutical industry is dominated
by large companies with multiple brands, our revenue is concentrated in a relatively small number of
companies. We have over 100 pharmaceutical
manufacturers as customers, and our revenues are concentrated in these customers. Loss of one or more of
our larger customers could have
a negative impact on our operating results. Our top five customers represented approximately 49% of revenue for the year
ended December 31,
2024. In 2024 and 2023, respectively, we had two customers and one customer that represented over 10% of our revenues.
 
We expect that we will continue to depend upon
a relatively small number of customers for a significant portion of our total revenues for the foreseeable
future. The loss of any of
these customers or groups of customers for any reason, or a change of relationship with any of our key customers could cause a
material
decrease in our total revenues.
 
Additionally, mergers or consolidations among
our customers in the healthcare industry could reduce the number of our customers and could adversely
affect our revenues and sales. In
particular, if our customers are acquired by entities that are not also our customers, that do not use our solutions or that
have more
favorable contract terms with competitors and choose to discontinue, reduce or change the terms of their use of our solutions, our business
and
operating results could be materially and adversely affected.
 
If we are unable to maintain our contracts
with electronic prescription platforms and electronic health record systems, our business will suffer.
 
We are reliant upon our contracts with leading
electronic prescribing (“eRx”) platforms and electronic health record (“EHR”) systems to generate a portion
of
the revenues received from our customers. Such arrangements subject us to a number of risks, including the following:
 
●
Our eRx and EHR channel partners may experience financial, regulatory or operational difficulties, which
may impair their ability to focus on and
fulfill their contract obligations to us;
 
●
Legal disputes or disagreements, including the ownership of intellectual property, may occur with one
or more of our eRx and EHR channel
partners and may lead to lengthy and expensive litigation or arbitration;
 
●
Significant changes in an eRx and/or EHR channel partner’s business strategy may adversely affect
such partner’s willingness or ability to satisfy
obligations under any such arrangement;
 
●
An eRx and EHR channel partner could terminate the partnership arrangement, which could negatively impact
our ability to sell our solutions and
achieve revenues; and
 
●
The failure of an eRx or EHR channel partner to provide accurate and complete financial information to
us or to maintain adequate and effective
internal control over its financial reporting may negatively affect our ability to meet our financial
reporting obligations as required by the SEC.
See Part II, Item 9A. “Controls and Procedures.”
 
We generated 57.3% and 55.9% of our revenue through
our two largest channel partners in 2024 and 2023, respectively. As such, the inability to maintain
these relationships could adversely
impact our business.
 
Our agreements with eRx and EHR channel
partners could be subject to audit.
 
Our agreements with our eRx and EHR channel partners
provide for revenue-sharing payments to them based on the revenue we generate through their
platforms and systems. These payments could
be subject to an audit by our channel partners, at their cost, and if there is a dispute as to the calculation, we
may be liable for additional
payments. Some agreements would require us to also pay for the cost of the audit if an underpayment is determined to be in
excess of a
certain amount.
 
7

 
 
If we fail to attract new customers or retain
 and expand existing customers, our business and future prospects may be materially and adversely
impacted.
 
We currently work with many leading pharmaceutical
 companies, medical device manufacturers, associations, and other companies. While we have
experienced customer growth, this growth may
not continue at the same pace in the future or at all. Achieving growth in our customer base may require us
to engage in increasingly
sophisticated and costly sales and marketing efforts that may not result in additional customers. We may also need to modify our
solution
set and/or pricing model to attract and retain such customers. If we fail to attract new customers or fail to maintain or expand existing
relationships
in a cost-effective manner, our business and future prospects may be materially and adversely impacted.
 
The markets in which we operate are competitive,
continually evolving and, in some cases, subject to rapid change.
 
Our solutions face competition from numerous other
 companies. We compete for revenue from healthcare advertisers and sponsors (pharmaceutical
manufacturers) with healthcare data suppliers,
health-focused demand-side platforms, and health-focused walled garden websites and web platforms, and
advertising networks that aggregate
 traffic from multiple web sites or point-of-care platforms such as telehealth, EHR, eRx, physician practice
management, health information
exchanges (HIE), site-based platforms within large health systems, etc.
 
Many of our competitors have greater financial,
technical, product development, marketing and other resources than we do. These organizations may be
better known than we are and have
more customers than we do. We cannot provide assurance that we will be able to compete successfully against these
organizations or any
alliances they have formed or may form. Since there are no substantial barriers to entry into the markets in which we participate, we
expect that competitors will continue to enter these markets.
 
Developments in the healthcare industry
could adversely affect our business.
 
Most of our revenue is derived from pharmaceutical
manufacturers and could be affected by changes affecting the broader healthcare industry, including
decreased spending in the industry
overall.
 
General reductions in expenditures by healthcare
industry participants could result from, among other things:
 
●
Government regulation or private initiatives that affect the manner in which healthcare industry participants
 interact with consumers and the
general public;
 
●
Government regulation prohibiting the use of coupons by patients covered by federally funded health insurance
programs;
 
●
Consolidation of healthcare industry participants;
 
●
Reductions in governmental funding for healthcare; and
 
●
Adverse changes in business or economic conditions affecting healthcare industry participants.
 
Even if general expenditures by industry participants
remain the same or increase, developments in the healthcare industry may result in reduced spending
in some or all the specific market
segments that we serve now or may serve in the future. For example, the use of our solutions and services could be
affected by:
 
●
A decrease in the number of new drugs or medical devices coming to market; and
 
●
A decrease in marketing expenditures by pharmaceutical or
medical device companies.
 
The healthcare industry has changed significantly
in recent years, and we expect that significant changes will continue to occur. However, the timing and
impact of developments in the
healthcare industry are difficult to predict. We cannot assure you that the demand for our solutions and services will continue
to exist
at current levels or that we will have adequate technical, financial and marketing resources to react to changes in the healthcare industry.
 
Risks Related to Regulatory Matters
 
Actual or perceived failures to comply with
applicable laws and regulations that affect the healthcare industry, including data protection, privacy and
security, fraud and abuse
laws, regulations, standards and other requirements could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial
condition.
 
The global data protection landscape is rapidly
evolving, and we are or may become subject to numerous state, federal and foreign laws, requirements and
regulations governing the collection,
use, disclosure, retention, and security of personal information. In addition, our customers and service providers may
be or become subject
to these same rules. This evolution may create uncertainty in our business, affect our ability to operate in certain jurisdictions or
to
collect, store, transfer, use and share personal information, necessitate the acceptance of more onerous obligations in our contracts,
result in liability or
impose additional costs on us. The cost of compliance with these laws, regulations and standards is high and is
likely to increase in the future. Any failure
or perceived failure by us to comply with federal, state or foreign laws or regulation,
our internal policies and procedures or our contracts governing our
processing of personal information could result in negative publicity,
government investigations and enforcement actions, claims by third parties, and
damage to our reputation, any of which could have a material
adverse effect on our operations, financial performance and business.
 
8

 
 
We also may be bound by contractual obligations
and other obligations relating to privacy, data protection, and information security that are more stringent
than applicable laws and
regulations. The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, laws, regulations, standards, and other obligations
relating
to privacy, data protection, and information security are significant. Although we work to comply with applicable laws, regulations, and
standards,
our contractual obligations and other legal obligations, these requirements are evolving and may be modified, interpreted and
applied in an inconsistent
manner from one jurisdiction to another, and may conflict with another or other legal obligations with which
we must comply. Accordingly, our failure, or
perceived inability, to comply with these laws, regulations, standards, and other obligations
may limit the use and adoption of our solution, reduce overall
demand for our solution, lead to regulatory investigations, breach of contract
claims, litigation, and significant fines, penalties, or liabilities for actual or
alleged noncompliance or slow the pace at which we
close sales transactions, any of which could harm our business.
 
The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability
Act of 1996, or HIPAA, and the rules promulgated thereunder require certain entities, referred to as
Covered Entities, to comply with
established standards, including standards regarding the privacy and security of protected health information, or PHI.
HIPAA further requires
that Covered Entities enter into agreements meeting certain regulatory requirements with their business associates, as such term is
defined
by HIPAA, which, among other things, obligate the business associates to safeguard the covered entity’s PHI against improper use
and disclosure.
While we are not a Covered Entity, we have contracted as a business associate of our Covered Entity customers and, as
such, may be regulated by HIPAA
and have contractual obligations under such agreements, including to enter into business associate agreements
with our third-party vendors. We, and our
Covered Entity customers might face significant contractual liability pursuant to such business
associate agreements if the business associate breaches the
agreement or causes the Covered Entity to fail to comply with HIPAA. Additionally,
even if we do not act as a Covered Entity or Business Associate, we
process data that has been de-identified according to the expert determination
method under HIPAA’s Privacy Rule. This requires us to take measures to
prevent the re-identification of that data and to comply
with HIPAA if that data is re-identified.
 
In the ordinary course of our business, we collect
and store sensitive data, including intellectual property, proprietary business information and personally
identifiable information (including
 of our employees, customers, suppliers and business partners). Any data breach may subject us to civil fines and
penalties, or regulatory
orders, fines or sanctions under relevant state and federal privacy laws in the United States, including the California Consumer
Privacy
Act (“CCPA”) and other laws and regulations. Our failure, or the failure of our third-party vendors, to comply with applicable
laws and regulations
relating to data security and our involvement or the involvement of any of our third-party vendors in any data security
incidents could result in legal claims
and liability, obligations to report incidents to governmental agencies, regulatory investigations
and penalties, and reputational damage, which could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
 
Certain other laws and regulations such as federal
and state anti-kickback and false claims laws may apply to us indirectly through our relationships with
our customers and partners. Violations
 can result in considerable penalties and sanctions. If we are found to have violated, or to have facilitated the
violation of such laws,
we could be subject to significant penalties.
 
Our operations may be impacted from changes
to current regulations and future legislation.
 
The current Executive Branch administration and
 regulatory agencies may propose policy changes that create uncertainty for our business, including
potentially implementing restrictions
on pharmaceutical direct to consumer (“DTC”) marketing.
 
Additionally, in its June 2024 decision in Loper
 Bright Enterprises v. Raimondo (the “Loper decision”), the U.S. Supreme Court overturned the
longstanding Chevron doctrine,
under which courts were required to give deference to regulatory agencies’ reasonable interpretations of ambiguous federal
statutes.
The Loper decision could result in additional legal challenges to regulations and guidance issued by federal agencies applicable to our
customer’s
operations, including those issued by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA), the U.S. Department of Health &
Human Services, and the U.S.
Federal Trade Commission. Additionally, the Loper decision may result in increased regulatory uncertainty,
inconsistent judicial interpretations and other
impacts to the agency rule-making process. We cannot predict which additional measures
may be adopted or the impact of current and additional measures
on our business, or our customer’s businesses, which could have
a significant impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
If our customers, partners, and third-party
providers fail to comply with the extensive and changing landscape of legal and regulatory requirements
affecting the pharmaceutical and
healthcare industries, they could face increased costs and/or penalties, which could lead to us losing business.
 
The FDA, U.S. state licensure bodies, other healthcare
regulators and other comparable agencies in other jurisdictions directly regulate many of the most
critical business activities of our
customers, partners, and third-party providers, including R&D for biotechnology and pharmaceutical development, and
pharmaceutical
advertising. States increasingly have been placing greater restrictions on the marketing and advertising practices of healthcare companies,
particularly pharmaceutical companies. In addition, pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies have been the target of lawsuits and investigations
alleging violations of government regulations, including claims asserting submission of incorrect pricing information, improper promotion
 of
pharmaceutical products, payments intended to influence the referral of federal or state healthcare business, submission of false claims
for government
reimbursement, antitrust violations, violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act, and similar
anti-bribery or anti-corruption
laws. Any failure to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations may result in civil and/or criminal
legal proceedings and lead to fines, damages,
mandatory compliance programs and other sanctions and remedies that may materially affect
the business, operations and reputations of our customers,
partners and third-party providers which could adversely affect our business.
 
9

 
 
Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property
and Technology
 
We are dependent, in part, on our intellectual
 property. If we are not able to protect our proprietary rights or if those rights are invalidated or
circumvented, our business may be
adversely affected.
 
Our business is dependent, in part, on our ability
 to innovate, and, as a result, we are reliant on our intellectual property. We generally protect our
intellectual property through patents,
trademarks, trade secrets, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements and other measures to the extent our budget
permits. There can
be no assurance that patents will be issued from pending applications that we have filed or that our patents will be sufficient to protect
our key technology from misappropriation or falling into the public domain, nor can assurances be made that any of our patents, patent
applications,
trademarks or our other intellectual property or proprietary rights will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented.
In the event a competitor or other
party successfully challenges our solutions, processes, patents or licenses or claims that we have
infringed upon their intellectual property, we could incur
substantial litigation costs defending against such claims, be required to
pay royalties, license fees or other damages or be barred from using the intellectual
property at issue, any of which could have a material
adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. We cannot assure that steps
taken by us to protect our intellectual
 property and other contractual agreements for our business will be adequate, that our competitors will not
independently develop or patent
substantially equivalent or superior technologies or be able to design around patents that we may receive, or that our
intellectual property
will not be misappropriated.
 
If we are unable to protect our proprietary rights,
we may be at a disadvantage to others who do not incur the substantial time and expense we incur.
Preventing unauthorized use or infringement
of our intellectual property rights is inherently difficult. Moreover, it may be difficult or practically impossible
to detect theft or
unauthorized use of our intellectual property. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect upon our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
 
Cybersecurity incidents could disrupt business
 operations, result in the loss of critical and confidential information, and adversely impact our
reputation and results of operations.
 
Global cybersecurity threats can range from uncoordinated
individual attempts to gain unauthorized access to our information technology (IT) systems to
sophisticated and targeted measures known
as advanced persistent threats. While we employ extensive measures to prevent, detect, address and mitigate
these threats (including access
 controls, insurance, vulnerability assessments, continuous monitoring of our IT networks and systems, maintenance of
backup and protective
systems and user training and education), cybersecurity incidents, depending on their nature and scope, could potentially result in the
misappropriation, destruction, corruption or unavailability of critical data and confidential or proprietary information (our own or that
of third parties) and
the disruption of business operations. The potential consequences of a material cybersecurity incident include reputational
damage, loss of customers, loss
of income, litigation with customers and other parties, loss of trade secrets and other proprietary business
data and increased cybersecurity protection and
remediation costs, which in turn could adversely affect our competitiveness and results
of operations. In addition, while we maintain insurance coverage,
our insurance coverage for cyberattacks may not be sufficient to cover
all the losses, liabilities and costs we may experience as a result of a cybersecurity
incident, including any disruptions resulting from
such an incident, or that applicable insurance will be available to us in the future on economically
reasonable terms or at all.
 
A cybersecurity incident could be caused by disasters,
 insiders (through inadvertence or with malicious intent) or malicious third parties using
sophisticated, targeted methods, including hacking,
fraud, phishing or other forms of deception. The techniques used by threat actors change frequently, are
becoming increasingly diverse
and sophisticated, and may be difficult to detect for long periods of time. Although we maintain information technology
measures designed
to protect the confidentiality, availability, and integrity of our information systems, and protect us against intellectual property theft,
data
breaches, and other cybersecurity incidents, such measures will require updates and improvements, and we cannot guarantee that such
measures will be
adequate to detect, prevent or mitigate cybersecurity threats or incidents. The implementation, maintenance, segregation
 and improvement of these
information systems requires significant management time, support and cost. Moreover, there are inherent risks
associated with developing, improving,
expanding and updating current systems, including the disruption of our data management, procurement,
finance, and sales and service processes. These
risks may affect our ability to manage our data and adequately protect our intellectual
 property or achieve and maintain compliance with, or realize
available benefits under, applicable laws, regulations and contracts. Moreover,
our proprietary information, confidential information, intellectual property,
or personal information that we hold could be compromised
or misappropriated and our reputation may be adversely affected. If these systems do not
operate as we expect them to, we may be required
to expend significant resources to make corrections or find alternative sources for performing these
functions.
 
We also work with partners and third-party service
providers or vendors that collect, store and process such data on our behalf and in connection with our
services. There can be no assurance
that any security measures that we or our third-party service providers or vendors have implemented will be fully
executed, adhered to,
or effective in protecting our systems and information, including against current or future cybersecurity threats. While we have
designed
and developed systems and processes to protect the availability, integrity, and confidentiality of our data and information, as well as
those of our
customers, website visitors, employees, and others, the security measures of our third-party service providers or vendors
could fail and result in security
incidents, including unauthorized access to, or disclosure, acquisition, encryption, modification, misuse,
loss, destruction or other compromise of such data.
If a compromise of such data were to occur, we may have liability under our contracts
with other parties and under applicable law for damages and incur
penalties and other costs to respond to, investigate and remedy such
an incident. Laws require us to provide notice to customers, regulators, credit reporting
agencies or others when certain sensitive information
has been compromised as a result of a security breach. There are significant differences between the
laws of the U.S. and other jurisdictions,
and as a result compliance in the event of a widespread data breach could be complicated and costly. Such an event
could harm our reputation
 and result in litigation against us. Any of these results could materially adversely affect our business, prospects, financial
condition
and operating results.
 
10

 
 
We may be unable to support our technology
to further scale our operations successfully.
 
Our plan is to grow through further integration
of our technology in electronic platforms. Our growth will place significant demands on our management
and technology development, as
well as our financial, administrative and other resources. We cannot guarantee that any of the systems, procedures and
controls we put
in place will be adequate to support the commercialization of our operations. Our operating results will depend substantially on the ability
of our officers and key employees to manage changing business conditions and to implement and improve our financial, administrative and
other resources.
If we are unable to respond to and manage changing business conditions, or the scale of our solutions, services and operations,
then the quality of our
services, our ability to retain key personnel and our business could be harmed.
 
Our business will suffer if our network
systems fail or become unavailable.
 
A reduction in the performance, reliability and
availability of our network infrastructure would harm our ability to distribute our solutions to our users, as
well as our reputation
and ability to attract and retain customers. Our systems and operations could be damaged or interrupted by fire, flood, power loss,
telecommunications
failure, internet breakdown, earthquake and similar events. Our systems could also be subject to viruses, break-ins, sabotage, acts of
terrorism, acts of vandalism, hacking, cyber-terrorism and similar misconduct. We might not carry adequate business interruption insurance
to compensate
us for losses that may occur from a system outage. Any system error or failure that causes interruption in availability
of our solutions or an increase in
response time could result in a loss of potential customers, which could have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition and results of
operations. If we suffer sustained or repeated interruptions, then our solutions and
services could be less attractive to our users and our business would be
materially harmed.
 
The use of AI technology in our operations
and IT infrastructure could improve internal processes, but poses security risks and privacy risks; the use of
AI technology also faces
regulatory uncertainty and scrutiny given that AI technology is rapidly growing and evolving.
 
The rapid evolution of artificial intelligence
(AI) could exacerbate the information technology related risks described below.
 
We have increased efficiency through adoption
and use of AI, including with our DAAP programs, machine learning, and similar tools and technologies
that collect, aggregate, analyze
or generate data or other materials or content, and we expect to continue to adopt such tools as appropriate. In addition, we
expect our
third-party vendors and service providers to increasingly develop and incorporate AI into their product offerings.
 
While we anticipate that we will continue to utilize
our AI-powered Dynamic Audience and Activation Platform (DAAP), and to research and implement
other potential AI-based technology solutions
 to both mitigate risk and increase automation in our environment, it is possible that bad actors and/or
competitors will leverage AI solutions
more effectively to either exploit vulnerabilities or take market share. Either outcome could negatively impact our
business.
 
We are aware that generative AI tools may respond
 with inaccurate or fabricated information, introduce bias or fail to provide traceability of source
information.
The intellectual property risks associated with
AI include uncertainties around the ownership of AI-generated works, potential infringement of existing
patents and copyrights, unauthorized
use of third-party data, and exposure of proprietary algorithms or trade secrets. Dependence on AI systems or AI
vendors means that any
downtime or outages can disrupt business operations. Usage of our confidential data to train the AI models by us or our vendors,
could
result in legal risk, especially if it involves customer data or our proprietary information.
 
There are significant and evolving risks involved
in utilizing AI, and no assurance can be provided that our, our third-party vendors’ or service providers’
use of AI will
 enhance our, our third-party vendors’ or service providers’ products or services, or produce the intended results. The adoption
 and
incorporation of such AI tools can lead to concerns around safety and soundness, fair treatment of consumers, and compliance with
applicable laws and
regulations. AI solutions may also be adversely impacted by unforeseen defects, technical challenges, cyber-attacks,
 cybersecurity breaches, service
outages or other similar incidents, or material performance issues.
 
In addition, various federal, state, and international
governments and regulatory agencies are reviewing the technologies underlying AI and its uses are
applying, or are considering applying,
existing laws and regulations to AI. Some are considering adopting new general legal frameworks for AI. We may
not be able to anticipate
how to respond to these rapidly evolving frameworks, and we may need to expend resources to adjust our operations or offerings
in certain
jurisdictions if the legal frameworks are inconsistent across jurisdictions.
 
Furthermore, because AI technology itself is highly
complex and rapidly developing, it is not possible to predict all the legal, operational or technological
risks that may arise relating
to the use of AI. We expect that our DAAP platform and use of AI will require additional resources, including incurring
additional costs
 to develop and maintain our products and solutions, to minimize potentially harmful or unintended consequences, to comply with
applicable
 and emerging laws and regulations, to maintain or extend our competitive position, and to address any ethical, reputational, technical,
operational, legal, competitive or regulatory issues which may arise as a result of any of the foregoing.
 
11

 
 
Risks Related to Managing Our Growth
 
If we are unable to manage growth, our operations
could be adversely affected.
 
Our ability to manage growth effectively will
depend on our ability to improve and expand operations, including our financial and management information
systems, and to recruit, train
and manage personnel. There can be no assurance that management will be able to manage growth effectively. To manage
growth effectively,
we will be required to continue to implement and improve our operating and financial systems and controls to expand, train and manage
our employee base. Our ability to manage our operations and growth effectively will require us to continue to expend funds to enhance
our operational,
financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures, and to attract and retain sufficient talented personnel.
 
If we do not properly manage the growth of our
business, we may experience significant strains on our management and operations and disruptions in our
business. Various risks arise
when companies grow too quickly. If our business grows too quickly, our ability to meet customer demand in a timely and
efficient manner
could be challenged. We may also experience development delays as we seek to meet increased demand for our solutions. Our failure to
properly
manage the growth that we or our industry might experience could negatively impact our ability to execute on our operating plan and, accordingly,
could have an adverse impact on our business, our cash flow and results of operations, and our reputation with our current or potential
customers.
 
We may not be able to identify suitable
acquisition candidates, complete acquisitions or integrate acquisitions successfully.
 
We may not be able to identify suitable acquisition
 candidates, complete acquisitions, or integrate acquisitions successfully. We may seek additional
acquisition opportunities, both to further
diversify our business and to penetrate or expand important product offerings or markets. There are no assurances,
however, that we will
be able to successfully identify suitable candidates, negotiate appropriate terms, obtain financing on acceptable terms, complete
proposed
acquisitions, successfully integrate acquired businesses, or expand into new markets. Once acquired, operations may not achieve anticipated
levels of revenues or profitability. Acquisitions involve risks, including difficulties in the integration of the operations, technologies,
services and products
of the acquired companies and the diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns. Although our
management will endeavor to evaluate
the risks inherent in any particular transaction, there are no assurances that we will properly ascertain
 all such risks. Difficulties encountered with
acquisitions could have a material adverse impact on our business.
 
Our
acquisition activities may disrupt our ongoing business and may involve increased expenses, and we may not realize the financial and strategic
goals contemplated at the time of a transaction.
 
We have
acquired, and may in the future acquire, companies, businesses, products, services and technologies. Acquisitions involve significant
risks and
uncertainties, including:
 
–
our ongoing business may be disrupted, an acquisition may involve
increased expenses, and our management’s attention may be diverted by
acquisition, transition, or integration activities;
 
–
we may not further our business strategy as we expected;
 
–
we may not realize anticipated synergies or other anticipated
 benefits of an acquisition or such synergies or benefits may take longer than
anticipated to be realized;
 
–
we may overpay for our investments, or otherwise not realize the
financial returns contemplated at the time of the acquisition;
 
–
integration with acquired operations or technology may be
more costly or difficult than expected and such integration may not be successful;
 
–
we may be unable to retain the key employees, customers and other
channel partners of the acquired operation;
 
–
we may not realize the anticipated increases in our revenues from
an acquisition; and
 
–
our use of cash to pay for acquisitions may limit other potential
uses of our cash.
 
Risks Related to Inflation, Interest Rates,
and Other Adverse Economic Conditions
 
Interest rate increases may adversely affect
our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Borrowings under our Term Loan are at variable
rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on
the variable rate indebtedness
will increase even though the amount borrowed remains the same. As a result, our cash flows, including cash available for
servicing our
indebtedness, will correspondingly decrease. A one-percentage-point increase in the interest rates on outstanding borrowings under our
Term
Loan would have increased our interest expense by approximately $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2024.
 
12

 
 
We could be subject to economic, political,
regulatory and other risks arising from our international operations.
 
Operating in international markets requires significant
resources and management attention and will subject us to regulatory, economic and political risks
that may be different from, and incremental
to, those in the United States. In addition to the risks that we face in the United States, our international
operations in Israel and
Croatia, may involve risks that could adversely affect our business, including:
 
●
difficulties and costs associated with staffing and managing foreign operations;
 
●
natural or man-made disasters, political, social and economic instability, including wars, terrorism and
 political unrest, outbreak of disease,
boycotts, curtailment of trade, and other business restrictions;
 
●
compliance with United States laws, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, export controls and economic
sanctions, and local laws prohibiting
corrupt payments to government officials;
 
●
unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;
 
●
less favorable foreign intellectual property laws;
 
●
adverse tax consequences such as those related to repatriation of cash from foreign jurisdictions into
the United States, non-income related taxes
such as value-added tax or other indirect taxes, changes in tax laws or their interpretations,
or the application of judgment in determining our
global provision for income taxes and other tax liabilities given inter-company transactions
and calculations where the ultimate tax determination
is uncertain;
 
●
fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could impact expenses of our international operations and
expose us to foreign currency exchange
rate risk;
 
●
profit repatriation and other restrictions on the transfer of funds;
 
●
differing payment processing systems as well as use and acceptance of electronic payment methods, such
as payment cards;
 
●
new and different sources of competition; and
 
●
different and more stringent user protection, data protection, privacy and other laws.
 
Our failure to manage any of these risks successfully
could harm our international operations and our overall business, as well as results of our operations.
 
Inflation, the current interest rate environment,
and other adverse economic conditions may adversely affect our business, results of operations and
financial condition.
 
General global economic downturns and macroeconomic
trends, including heightened inflation, capital market volatility, interest rate fluctuations, tariffs,
and economic slowdown or recession,
 may result in unfavorable conditions that could negatively affect demand for our products and solutions and
exacerbate some of the other
 risks that affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Domestic markets experienced significant
inflationary pressures
in 2024. Threats of multinational tariffs and retaliatory tariffs provide uncertainty as to heightened inflation in the domestic markets
in the next twelve months. In an inflationary environment, we may experience increases in the prices of labor and other costs of doing
 business.
Additionally, cost increases may outpace our expectations, causing us to use our cash and other liquid assets faster than forecasted.
If we are unable to
successfully manage the effects of inflation, our business, operating results, cash flows and financial condition
may be adversely affected. The occurrence
or perception of an economic slowdown or recession, or of a further increase in inflation, may
have a negative impact on the global economy and may
reduce customer demand for our products and services.
 
In addition, macroeconomic effects such as changes
in interest rates, potential tariffs, and other measures taken by central banks and other policy makers
could have a negative effect on
overall economic activity that could reduce our customers’ demand for our products and services. Changing interest rates
may have
unpredictable effects on markets, may result in heightened market volatility and may detract from our performance to the extent we are
exposed
to such interest rates and/or volatility. An adjustment in rates would impact our variable rate debt. If interest rates increase
or remain elevated, we could
face higher debt service requirements, which would adversely affect our cash flow and could adversely impact
our results of operations. If we are unable to
generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt or to fund our other liquidity needs,
we could need to restructure or refinance all or a portion of our debt.
Any refinancing of indebtedness could be at higher interest rates,
thereby resulting in an overall increase in interest expense.
 
Adverse changes in demand could impact our business,
collection of accounts receivable and our expected cash flow generation, which may adversely
impact our financial condition and results
of operations.
 
13

 
 
Impairment
charges for goodwill or other long-lived assets may need to be recognized or increased as we shift our focus away from our non-core
businesses,
lose a major customer or experience changes to the regulatory environment affecting pharmaceutical advertising restricting the use of
our
technology.
 
Annually,
we evaluate goodwill and long-lived assets to determine if impairment has occurred. Additionally, interim reviews are performed whenever
events or changes to the business could indicate possible impairment. The future occurrence of a potential indicator of impairment could
include matters
such as (i) a decrease in expected net earnings, (ii) adverse equity market conditions, (iii) a decline in current market
multiples, (iv) a decline in our
common stock price, (v) a significant adverse change in legal factors or the general business climate,
 and (vi) an adverse action or assessment by a
regulator. Any future impairment of our goodwill or long-lived assets could require us to
record an impairment charge, which would negatively impact our
results of operations. An impairment could be recorded as a result of changes
in assumptions, estimates or circumstances, some of which are beyond our
control. Since a number of factors may influence determinations
of fair value, we are unable to predict whether impairments of goodwill and other long-
lived assets will occur in the future, and we can
provide no assurance that continued conditions will not result in future impairments of these assets. For
example, our strategic shift
away from non-core business, in 2023, resulted in an impairment of one or more of our long-lived assets and, in 2024, a decline
in our
 stock price and overall market capitalization resulted in goodwill impairment. See Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion
 and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Results of Operation of the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023
- Operating Expenses.”
 
Market
conditions could adversely change and our earnings could decline resulting in charges to impair intangible assets, such as goodwill.
 
As a result
 of our various acquisitions, the consolidated balance sheet at December  31, 2024 contains
 goodwill of approximately $70.9 million and
intangible assets, net of approximately $45.5
million. We evaluate on an ongoing basis whether facts and circumstances indicate any impairment
to the
carrying value of indefinite-lived intangible assets such as goodwill. As circumstances after an acquisition can change, we may
not realize the value of
these intangible assets. During the year ended December 31, 2024,
we recorded impairment charges, related to goodwill, of approximately $7.5 million.
Any future
 impairment charges related to our goodwill or long-lived assets could require us to record additional impairment charges, which would
negatively impact our results of operations.
 
Geopolitical
events may affect our business and our customer base and have a material adverse impact on our sales and operating results.
 
Our results
of operations may be affected by the conditions in the global capital markets and the economy generally, both in the U.S. and elsewhere
in the
world. The ongoing war between Russia and Ukraine as well as the conflict between Israel and Hamas have caused uncertainty in the
credit markets and
could cause our customers and potential customers to postpone or reduce spending on technology products or services
or put downward pressure on prices,
which could have an adverse effect on our business.
 
General
Risk Factors
 
Our business and growth may suffer if we
are unable to attract and retain members of our senior management team and other key employees.
 
Our success has been largely dependent on the
skills, experience and efforts of our senior management team and key employees and the loss of the services
of any of our senior management
team or other key employees, without a properly executed transition plan, could have an adverse effect on us. The loss of
any member of
our senior management team or any of our other key employees could damage critical customer relationships, result in the loss of vital
knowledge, experience and expertise, lead to an increase in recruitment and training costs, and make it more difficult to successfully
operate our business
and execute our business strategy. We may not be able to find qualified potential replacements for these individuals
 and the integration of potential
replacements may be disruptive to our business. Furthermore, our business also depends on our ability
to attract and retain qualified management, sales and
technical personnel. However, competition for these types of employees is intense
due to the limited number of qualified professionals with expertise in our
industry. Our ability to meet our business development objectives
will depend in part on our ability to recruit, train, incentivize, and retain top quality
people with advanced skills who understand our
industry, technology, and business. Our compensation arrangements, including our equity award programs,
are essential to retaining our
senior management team and other key employees, but may not always be successful in attracting new employees or retaining
and motivating
our existing key employees for reasons that may include movement in our stock price or our ability to maintain or increase our equity
pool.
If we are unable to engage, incentivize, and retain the necessary personnel, our business may be materially and adversely affected.
 
The impact and effects of public health
crises, pandemics and epidemics could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial
condition, and operating results.
 
The actual or perceived effects of an epidemic,
pandemic, or similar widespread public health concern could negatively affect our business, financial
condition, and result of operations.
The extent to which a pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease impacts our operations will depend on
future occurrences,
which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted with confidence, including the duration of any outbreak and the actions to contain
or treat its impact, among others. We are prepared to take steps to modify our business practices and mitigate the impact of the emergence
and spread of
new variants and resurgences, or another pandemic or epidemic; however, there can be no assurance that such steps will be
successful, or that our business
operations, or the operations of our customers or partners will
not be materially and adversely affected by the consequences of such pandemic or epidemic,
which could materially impact our results of
operations, cash flows, and financial condition.
 
14

 
 
Risks Relating to Our Common Stock
 
If a market for our common stock is not
maintained, shareholders may be unable to sell their shares.
 
Our common stock is traded under the symbol “OPRX”
on the Nasdaq Capital Market. We do not currently have a consistent active trading market. There
can be no assurance that a consistent
active and liquid trading market will develop or, if developed, that it will be sustained.
 
Historically, our securities have been thinly
traded. Accordingly, it may be difficult to sell shares of our common stock without significantly depressing the
value of the stock. Unless
we are successful in developing continued investor interest in our stock, sales of our stock could continue to result in major
fluctuations
in the price of the stock.
 
The market price of our common stock may
be highly volatile and could fluctuate widely in price in response to various factors, many of which are
beyond our control.
 
Our stock price is subject to a number of factors,
including:
 
●
Technological innovations or new solutions and services by us or our competitors;
 
●
Government regulation of our solutions and services;
 
●
The establishment of partnerships with other healthcare companies;
 
●
Intellectual property disputes;
 
●
Additions or departures of key personnel;
 
●
Sales of our common stock;
 
●
Our ability to execute our business plan;
 
●
Operating results below or exceeding expectations;
 
●
Our operating and financial performance and prospects;
 
●
Loss or addition of any strategic relationship;
 
●
General financial, domestic, international, economic, industry and other market trends or conditions;
and
 
●
Period-to-period fluctuations in our financial results.
 
Our stock price may fluctuate widely as a result
of any of the above. In addition, the securities markets have from time-to-time experienced significant
price and volume fluctuations
that are unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These market fluctuations may also materially and
adversely affect
the market price of our common stock.
 
We do not expect to pay dividends in the
foreseeable future and any return on investment may be limited to the value of our common stock.
 
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends
on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, to
fund our future growth and do not
expect to declare or pay any dividend on shares of our common stock in the foreseeable future. As a result, the success of
an investment
in our common stock may depend entirely upon any future appreciation in its value. There is no guarantee that our common stock will
appreciate
in value or even maintain the price at which it is purchased.
 
Certain provision of our articles of incorporation,
 bylaws and Nevada law may discourage takeover attempts and business combinations that
shareholders might consider in their best interests.
 
The Company is a Nevada corporation. Anti-takeover
provisions in Nevada law and our articles of incorporation and Third Amended and Restated Bylaws
(our “bylaws”) could make
it more difficult for a third-party to acquire control of us. These provisions could adversely affect the market price of the
common stock
and could reduce the amount that shareholders might receive if the Company is sold. For example, our articles of incorporation provides
that
the board of directors may issue, without shareholder approval, preferred stock in one or more series, with such voting power, full
or limited, or without
voting powers and with such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights,
qualifications, limitations or restrictions
thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions providing for the
issue thereof adopted by the board of directors. Such a series of
preferred stock could be designated in connection with the adoption
by the board of directors of a shareholder rights plan. Pursuant to the provisions of
Nevada Revised Statutes (“NRS”) §78.195(5),
Nevada corporations are generally permitted to adopt shareholder rights plans without shareholder approval.
In addition, our bylaws require
shareholders to provide proper and timely advance notice of their intent to bring director nominations or other business
before an annual
meeting of shareholders, provide that the Company’s secretary is only required to call shareholder requested special meetings upon
the
written request of shareholders who together own of record not less than 50.1% of the capital stock of the Company issued and outstanding
and entitled to
vote at such meeting, shareholders cannot act by written consent and that directors may be removed by shareholders only
with the approval of the holders
of not less than two-thirds of the voting power of the issued and outstanding stock entitled to vote
at an annual or special meeting of the shareholders.
 
15

 
 
Nevada has a business combination law (NRS §78.411 through §78.444,
inclusive) which prohibits certain business combinations between certain Nevada
corporations and any person deemed to be an “interested
 stockholders” for two years after the “interested stockholder” first becomes an “interested
stockholder,”
 unless our Board approves the combination in advance or thereafter by both the Board and 60% of the disinterested stockholders. For
purposes
of Nevada law, an “interested stockholder” is any person who is (i) the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of ten percent
or more of the voting
power of the outstanding voting shares of the corporation, or (ii) an affiliate or associate of the corporation
and at any time within the two previous years
was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of ten percent or more of the voting power
of the then outstanding shares of the corporation. The definition
of the term “business combination” is sufficiently broad
 to cover virtually any kind of transaction that would allow a potential acquirer to use the
corporation’s assets to finance the
acquisition or otherwise to benefit its own interests rather than the interests of the corporation and its other stockholders.
This law
 generally applies to Nevada corporations with 200 or more stockholders of record. The effect of Nevada’s business combination law
 is to
potentially discourage parties interested in taking control of us from doing so if it cannot obtain the approval of our Board. Pursuant
to NRS 78.434, a
Nevada corporation may elect in its articles of incorporation not to be governed by these particular laws, but if such
 election is not made in the
corporation’s original articles of incorporation, the amendment (1) must be approved by the affirmative
vote of the holders of stock representing a majority
of the outstanding voting power of the corporation not beneficially owned by interested
 stockholders or their affiliates and associates, and (2)  is not
effective until 18 months after the vote approving the amendment
and does not apply to any combination with a person who first became an interested
stockholder on or before the effective date of the
amendment. We have not made such an election in our original articles of incorporation, and we have not
amended our articles of incorporation
to so elect. The NRS also contains provisions governing the acquisition of a controlling interest in certain Nevada
corporations. Nevada’s
“acquisition of controlling interest” statutes (NRS §78.378 through §78.3793, inclusive) govern the acquisition
of a controlling
interest in certain Nevada corporations. These “control share” laws provide generally that any person that
 acquires a “controlling interest” in certain
Nevada corporations may be denied voting rights, unless a majority of the disinterested
stockholders of the corporation elects to restore such voting rights.
These laws will apply to us as of a particular date if we were to
have 200 or more stockholders of record (at least 100 of whom have addresses in Nevada
appearing on our stock ledger at all times during
the 90 days immediately preceding that date) and do business in the State of Nevada directly or through an
affiliated corporation,
 unless our articles of incorporation or bylaws in effect on the tenth day after the acquisition of a controlling interest provide
otherwise.
These laws provide that a person acquires a “controlling interest” whenever a person acquires shares of a subject corporation
that, but for the
application of these provisions of the NRS, would enable that person to exercise (1) one-fifth or more, but less
than one-third, (2) one-third or more, but
less than a majority or (3) a majority or more, of all of the voting power of the
corporation in the election of directors. Once an acquirer crosses one of these
thresholds, shares which it acquired in the transaction
 taking it over the threshold and within the 90  days immediately preceding the date when the
acquiring person acquired or offered
to acquire a controlling interest become “control shares” to which the voting restrictions described above apply. These
laws
may have a chilling effect on certain transactions if our articles of incorporation or bylaws are not amended to provide that these provisions
do not
apply to us or to an acquisition of a controlling interest, or if our disinterested stockholders do not confer voting rights in
the control shares.
 
In addition, Nevada law also provides that directors
 may resist a change or potential change in control of the corporation if the board of directors
determines that the change or potential
 change is opposed to or not in the best interest of the corporation upon consideration of any relevant facts,
circumstances, contingencies
or constituencies.
 
Actions of activist stockholders could be
disruptive and costly and could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, and/or share
price.
 
While we strive to maintain constructive communications
 with our stockholders, we may, from time to time, be subject to demands from activist
stockholders. Any activist campaign against the
Company that contests, conflicts with, or seeks to change, our board composition, leadership, strategic
direction, or business mix could
have an adverse effect on us because: (i) responding to actions by activist stockholders could disrupt our operations, be
costly or time-consuming,
or divert the attention of our board of directors and senior management from their regular duties, which could adversely affect
our results
of operations or financial condition; (ii) perceived uncertainties as to our future direction, including as a result of possible changes
to the
composition of our board, may lead to the perception of a change in the direction of the business or lack of continuity, any of
which may be exploited by
our competitors, cause concern to our customers, employees, and/or business partners and result in the loss
of potential business opportunities, or make it
more difficult to attract and retain qualified personnel and business partners, and may
adversely affect our relationships with vendors, customers, business
partners, and other third parties; (iii) these types of actions could
cause significant fluctuations in our share price based on temporary or speculative market
perceptions or other factors that do not necessarily
reflect the underlying fundamentals and prospects of our business; and (iv) if individuals are elected to
our board of directors with
a specific agenda, it may adversely affect our ability to effectively implement our business strategy and create additional value
for
our stockholders.
 
16

 
 
Risks Related to Being a Public Company
 
We
have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. Failure to remediate the material weakness or
any other
material weaknesses that we identify in the future could result in material misstatements in our future financial
statements.
 
Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002, as amended, our management is required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control
over financial reporting. The
rules governing the standards that must be met for management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are
complex and
require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation. Annually, we perform activities that include reviewing, documenting
and
testing our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, if we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal control over
financial reporting, we will
not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting
in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002. If we fail to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment,
we could suffer misstatements in our financial statements
and fail to meet our reporting obligations, which would likely cause investors
to lose confidence in our reported financial information. This could result in
significant expenses to remediate any internal control
deficiencies and lead to a decline in our stock price.
 
The Company has identified a material weakness
in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a
combination of deficiencies,
 in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a
company’s
annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. To address
such material weakness in the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting, the Company performed additional analyses and
other procedures to prepare the audited consolidated financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
 (“GAAP”). Accordingly, management
 believes that the consolidated financial
statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly present, in all material respects,
our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows
for the periods presented. For further discussion of the material
weaknesses, see Item 9A, Controls and Procedures.
 
We cannot provide assurance that we have identified
all, or that we will not in the future have additional, material weaknesses in our internal control over
financial reporting. As a result,
we may be required to implement further remedial measures and to design enhanced processes and controls to address
deficiencies. If we
do not effectively remediate the material weakness identified by management and maintain adequate internal controls over financial
reporting
in the future, we may not be able to prepare reliable financial reports and comply with our reporting obligations under the Exchange Act
on a
timely basis. Any such delays in the preparation of financial reports and the filing of our periodic reports may result in a loss
of public confidence in the
reliability of our financial statements, which, in turn, could materially adversely affect our business, the
market value of our common stock and our access
to capital markets.
 
Conflicting views on environmental, social
and governance matters may have a negative impact on our business, impose additional costs on us, and
expose us to additional risks.
 
Certain stakeholders have pressured companies
on initiatives relating to environmental, social and governance (ESG) matters, including environmental
stewardship, social responsibility,
 and corporate governance. Organizations that provide information to investors on corporate governance and related
matters have developed
ratings processes for evaluating companies on their approach to ESG matters, which in turn, are used by some investors to inform
their
investment and voting decisions. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to achieve our goals, further our initiatives, adhere to our
public statements,
comply with federal, state or international ESG laws and regulations, or meet evolving and varied stakeholder expectations
and standards could result in
reputational harm, loss of investor confidence, legal and regulatory proceedings against us and materially
 affect our business, reputation, results of
operations, financial condition and stock price.
 
17

 
 
In recent years, “anti-ESG” sentiment
has gained momentum across the United States, with several states and the federal government having proposed or
enacted anti-ESG policies,
legislation or initiatives, or issued related legal opinions. Additionally, the current Executive Branch administration’s initiatives
and executive actions surrounding ESG and diversity, equity, and inclusion matters (DEI) may conflict with our stakeholder initiatives
on such matters,
which may cause us to experience conflicts between governmental regulations and stakeholder expectations which could
impose additional costs on our
business and negatively impact investor sentiment. The current Executive Branch administration also recently
issued an executive order opposing DEI
initiatives in the private sector. Such anti-ESG and anti-DEI-related policies, legislation, initiatives,
litigation, legal opinions and scrutiny could result in us
facing additional compliance obligations, becoming the subject of investigations,
enforcement actions or litigation, sustaining reputational harm, and/or
requiring certain investors to divest, or discouraging certain
investors from investing in the Company.
 
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
 
None.
 
Item 1C. Cybersecurity
 
Risk Management and Strategy
 
Our information security and risk management program
 is designed to identify, assess, and manage material risks from cybersecurity threats to our
applications, computer networks, third-party
hosted services, communications systems, hardware and software, and our critical data, including intellectual
property, confidential information
 that is proprietary, strategic or competitive in nature, personal information, or protected health information (PHI)
(collectively, “Information
Systems”).
 
Our information security program’s basis
is a comprehensive set of policies and procedures covering various information security domains (collectively,
“Information Security
Policy”), including, but not limited to:
 
●
Access control,
 
●
Endpoint protection,
 
●
Third-party oversight,
 
●
Education, training, and awareness,
 
●
Network security,
 
●
Risk management,
 
●
Incident response,
 
●
Business continuity and disaster recovery,
 
●
Data protection and privacy, and
 
●
Other security domains.
 
Our risk management process is based on a standard
methodology, and risks are identified based on:
 
●
Annual risk assessments,
 
●
Information on past incidents,
 
●
Internal audits,
 
●
Security penetration tests, and
 
●
Other security assessments.
 
All risks are documented in a central Risk Register
and tracked for mitigation and other treatment decisions.
 
18

 
 
Our information security program is audited annually
against a well-known security framework, by an accredited third-party. In 2024, we allowed our
HITRUST certification to lapse and we replaced
it with System and Organization Controls (SOC) 2 assessment, which has more general applicability and
covers the trust services criteria
of security, confidentiality, privacy, and accessibility.
 
In 2024
we stored certain PHI on behalf of customers on secure AWS managed servers in the contiguous United States, encrypted at rest and in transit.
End
users did not have permission to access PHI unless the end user’s account had the proper end user role permissions (e.g., HCPs
or hub service providers).
These end user roles were assigned according to the customer’s needs to see the information. At all times,
such information was segregated so that one
customer could not access records containing PHI that were associated with another customer.
 
Our external audits and assessments identify and
evaluate material risks from cybersecurity threats against our overall business objectives on a periodic
basis and form the basis of internal
reports, which can be shared with the management team, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, and the Board
of Directors to evaluate
our overall enterprise risk.
 
Our incident response program consists of an Incident
Response Plan document and a cross-functional Incident Response Team, which are defined in our
Information Security Policies. All workforce
members are trained on incident reporting procedures, and there is a single point of contact for reporting all
incidents. Incident response
training is conducted annually, followed by a tabletop exercise. Our Incident Response Plan instructs personnel on how to
notify our Incident
Response Team in case of an incident. The VP of Information Security is the point person for incident responses and coordinates
mitigation
and remediation of cybersecurity incidents. We log all incidents and response plans for purposes of internal documentation. We report
critical
incidents to the management team, the Audit Committee, and the Board of Directors.
 
The Company’s VP of Information Security
is responsible for implementing the Information Security Policy on a day-to-day basis along with the Security
Committee (as defined in
the Information Security Policy), which includes the heads of the following departments, at a minimum: Information Security,
Technology,
Compliance, Product Management, Internal Audit, and Legal.
 
We use third-party service providers to perform
a variety of functions throughout our business, including, but not limited to infrastructure support and
maintenance, CRM, contract management,
 data hosting, and miscellaneous finance and accounting projects. We assess our vendors with respect to
cybersecurity risk according to
the services provided, the sensitivity of the Information Systems at issue, and the provider’s identity. In appropriate cases,
we will
seek enhanced contractual obligations or guarantees related to cybersecurity on the service provider. Vendor risk assessments are performed
before
each vendor is engaged, and annual reviews are conducted to ensure vendors continue to meet security requirements.
 
We also maintain technical errors and omissions
insurance which includes a cyber incident endorsement of up to $20 million. This endorsement provides
coverage for Network Security and
Privacy, Privacy Regulation Proceeding, Privacy Event Expense Reimbursement, Extortion Demand Reimbursement,
Data Restoration, Network
 Restoration, Business Interruption and System Failure. This coverage reimburses the most common costs for information
security incidents,
including attorney’s fees, consumer notification costs, and regulatory fines.
 
To our knowledge, during 2024, there were no material
cybersecurity incidents or threats that materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially
affect the Company’s business
strategy, results of operations, or financial condition.
 
For more information on risks from cybersecurity
threats that may materially affect the Company, see Item 1A. “Risk Factors”.
 
Governance
 
The Board of Directors’ oversight function
includes cybersecurity risk management. The Board of Directors has three members with skills and experience
in information security and
cybersecurity through their experience as current and former executives of digital technology companies.
 
The Board of Directors has tasked the Audit Committee
with overseeing the Company’s cybersecurity risk management processes and determining which
threats are likely to impact the Company’s
strategy, business operations, and financial condition.
 
Pursuant to its charter, the Audit Committee of
the Board of Directors reviews the Company’s policies regarding information technology security and
protection from cyber risks.
In particular, the Audit Committee reviews with management the Company’s key IT Systems and evaluates the adequacy of the
Company’s
information security program, compliance, and controls.
 
Our cybersecurity risk assessment and management
 processes are implemented and maintained by our VP of Information Security and the Security
Committee. For strategic decisions regarding
cybersecurity, the VP of Information Security consults with the Chief Technology Officer, the Chief Financial
Officer, the Chief Legal
Officer, and the VP of Compliance.
 
The VP of Information Security is responsible
 for hiring appropriate personnel, performing vendor risk assessments, and communicating information
security priorities to relevant personnel,
so that we can build cybersecurity risk considerations into our business practices. The VP of Information Security
also plans related
budgets, designs cybersecurity processes, and reviews security assessments and related reports.
 
19

 
 
Item 2. Properties
 
Currently, we do not own any real estate. As of
December 31, 2024, we have operating leases for office space in four multi-tenant facilities. The leases
include office spaces in
Waltham, Massachusetts; Clarkston, Michigan; Scottsdale, Arizona and Zagreb, Croatia. Our principal executive offices are located
at 260
Charles Street, Waltham, Massachusetts 02453.
 
The lease in Waltham, Massachusetts expires July
31, 2026 and has a monthly rent with escalating payments of $5,778 to $6,848. The lease in Clarkston,
Michigan expires November 30, 2025,
with a three-year renewal option through 2028, and has a monthly rent of $2,445. The lease in Scottsdale, Arizona
expires April 30, 2025,
and has a monthly base rent with escalating payments of $9,304 to $9,727. On February 19, 2025, the Company entered into a new
lease in
Scottsdale, Arizona with the current landlord for reduced space and monthly rent, with escalating payments of $7,870 to $8,453 over three
years,
expiring on July 31, 2028. The Company entered into a lease for new office space in Zagreb, Croatia on July 1, 2023, which expires
on June 30, 2029, but
which grants the tenant the option to terminate the lease with 30-day notice before each lease anniversary, and
has a monthly rent of approximately $3,111.
The former lease in Zagreb, Croatia, with a monthly rent of approximately $1,883 was terminated
effective June 30, 2023.
 
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
 
From time
to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. We
are currently
not a party to any material legal or administrative proceedings, and we are not aware of any pending or threatened material
 legal or administrative
proceedings against us.
 
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
 
Not applicable.
 
Item 4.1 Information About Our Executive Officers
 
The following information sets forth the names,
ages, and positions of our executive officers as of March 20, 2025.
 
Name
 
Age
 
Positions and Offices Held
Stephen L. Silvestro
 
47
  Chief Executive Officer
Marion Odence-Ford
 
60
  General Legal Officer and Chief Human Resources Officer
Edward Stelmakh
 
59
  Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operations Officer
Doug Besch
 
43
  Chief Product Officer and Chief Technology Officer
Theresa Greco
 
52
  Chief Commercial Officer
 
Set forth below is a brief description of
the background and business experience of each of our current executive officers.
 
Stephen L. Silvestro
 
Mr. Silvestro was appointed the Chief Executive
Officer in March 2025. He joined the Company as Chief Commercial Officer in April 2019 and has since
served as President from October
2023 until his appointment as interim CEO in January 2025. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Silvestro was with CCH®
Tagetik, a Wolters
Kluwer company that provides corporate performance management software solutions for planning, consolidation and reporting, as its
Vice
President and General Manager from January 2018 until April 2019. From April 2017 to January 2018, Mr. Silvestro was with Prognos Health,
Inc., a
healthcare data and analytics company, as its Chief Commercial Officer and, before that, from September 2007 to April 2017, he
 was with Decision
Resources Group, a multi-national corporation that provides high value global data solutions, analytics and consulting
services to pharmaceutical, biotech,
medical device, healthcare provider and payer, and managed care companies, in various capacities
with him last serving as Executive Vice President, Head
of Global Sales.
 
20

 
 
Marion Odence-Ford
 
Ms. Odence-Ford was named the Chief Legal Officer
and Chief Human Resources Officer effective January 1, 2025. She joined the Company as General
Counsel & Chief Compliance Officer
in February 2021. From April 2013 to June 2020, Ms. Odence-Ford was Vice President & Deputy General Counsel at
Decision Resources
Group, a multi-national corporation that provides high value global data solutions, analytics and consulting services to pharmaceutical,
biotech, medical device, healthcare provider and payer, and managed care companies. From November 2004 to November 2012, Ms. Odence-Ford
was
Vice President & Associate General Counsel at CRA International, Inc. (dba Charles River Associates), a global consulting firm
that offers economic,
financial, and strategic expertise to major law firms, corporations, accounting firms, and governments around the
world. From May 2004 to November
2004, Ms. Odence-Ford was a member of the GTC Law Group, LLP, a law firm specializing in the business
affairs of companies in the high tech and
biotech industries. Prior to joining the GTC Law Group, Ms. Odence-Ford worked on the legal
teams of Bank of America Corporation/Fleet Boston
Financial Corporation from November 2002 to May 2004, and Akamai Technologies, Inc.
from October 1999 to November 2002. Ms. Odence-Ford began
her legal career in private practice at Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky
and Popeo, PC, where she advised public and private companies on corporate
matters.
 
Edward Stelmakh
 
Mr. Stelmakh joined the Company as Chief Financial
Officer and Chief Operating Officer in October 2021. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Stelmakh
served as Senior Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer of Otsuka America Pharmaceuticals Inc. (“Otsuka”), a US division of
a Japanese
 global healthcare enterprise, since April 2020. Previously, he held various positions at Otsuka including Senior Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer (December 2017 – March 2020) and Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (December 2015 – November 2017).
From March 2010
to December 2015, Mr. Stelmakh worked at Covance, a division of LabCorp, Inc., as Vice President, Finance, Clinical Development
 and
Commercialization Services. Prior thereto, Mr. Stelmakh held a variety of positions of increasing responsibilities at Johnson &
Johnson, Sanofi-Aventis,
Organon/Schering-Plough and Mylan.
 
Doug Besch
 
Dr. Besch was named the Chief Product Officer
and Chief Technology Officer effective January 1, 2025. He joined the Company in May 2021 as SVP
Product Strategy & Innovation and
became the Company’s Chief Product Officer in October 2022. Prior to joining the Company, from January 2018 to
May 2021, Dr. Besch was
the Vice President over Payor and Market Access Solutions for Clarivate (previously Decision Resources Group (DRG)), a
multi-national
corporation that provides high value global data solutions, analytics and consulting services to pharmaceutical, biotech, medical device,
healthcare provider and payer, and managed care companies. Prior to Clarivate, from January 2012 to June 2017, Dr. Besch was a co-founder
and the Chief
Product Officer for Rx Savings Solution, a company which helps members and payers
reduce prescription drug costs through a combination of clinical
technology, transparency, member engagement and concierge support.
Dr. Besch holds a PharmD and MBA from Creighton University and practiced as a
pharmacist for the Walgreens Boots Alliance corporation
from 2007 through 2013.
 
Theresa Greco
 
Ms. Greco joined the Company in October 2023 as
the Company’s Chief Commercial Officer with the Company’s acquisition of Healthy Offers, Inc.
(“Medicx Health”),
where Ms. Greco served as its President since August 2022. Prior to joining Medicx Health, Ms. Greco was at Prognos Health, Inc., a
healthcare
data and analytics company, from August 2018 to January 2022 as its Chief Commercial Officer where she led all aspects of product strategy,
marketing, sales, and customer delivery. Prior to Prognos, Ms. Greco held the Chief Commercial Officer position at MediSpend, a global
technology
company focused on life sciences compliance solutions. From August 2010 through August 2017, Ms. Greco was with LexisNexis
Healthcare through their
acquisition of Health Market Science, where she held a variety of progressive executive positions including in
 Customer Success, Product Strategy,
Commercial Strategy, and Sales that contributed to revenue growth and profitability that yielded a
 successful exit. Ms. Greco led the Life Sciences
consulting group providing consultation and technology solutions to life sciences companies
 for master data management at Computer Sciences
Corporation from April 2008 to August 2010. Prior to 2008, Ms. Greco held various positions
at IQVIA and Pfizer.
 
21

 
 
PART II
 
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common
Equity and Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
Our common stock is traded under the symbol “OPRX”
on the Nasdaq Capital Market. At March 11, 2025, there were approximately 274 shareholders of
record of our common stock.
 
We currently intend to retain future earnings
for the operation of our business. We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock, and
we do not anticipate paying
any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any payment of future dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors
and
will depend upon, among other things, our earnings, financial condition, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, and other factors
that our board of
directors deems relevant.
 
For the information regarding our equity compensation
plans, see PART III, Item 12, “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
and Related Stockholder Matters.”
 
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
On March 14, 2023, we announced that our Board
of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to $15 million of our outstanding common stock. Under
this program, share repurchases
may be made from time to time depending on market conditions, share price and availability and other factors at our
discretion. No shares
were repurchased under the program during 2024. This stock repurchase authorization expired on March 12,
2024.
 
Item 6. Reserved
 
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
Overview
 
OptimizeRx is a digital healthcare technology
 company that connects over two million HCPs and millions of their patients through an intelligent
technology platform embedded within
 a proprietary omnichannel network. OptimizeRx helps life sciences organizations engage and support their
customers through our combined
HCP and DTC marketing strategies.
 
OptimizeRx has historically generated revenue
by delivering messages to HCPs via their EHR systems and eRx platforms using our proprietary network of
channel partners. We have gradually
expanded our offerings to include audience development, audience creation, and media execution across different
messaging types and media
distribution channels.
 
Overall, we employ a “land and expand”
strategy focused on growing our existing customer base and generating greater and more consistent revenues in
part through a continued
shift in our business model toward enterprise level engagements, while also broadening our platform with innovative proprietary
virtual
 communication solutions such as our patented Micro-Neighborhood Targeting and our AI-powered DAAP, which uses sophisticated machine-
learning
algorithms to find the best audiences in the correct channels at the right time.
 
Our strategy for driving revenue growth is also
expected to work in tandem with our efforts to increase margin and profitability as revenue drivers such as
DAAP have inherently higher
margins than most other messaging solutions we offer. In addition, by aiming to transition our DAAP customers to a more
predictable subscription-based
model for data services, we believe will further improve margins, increase visibility, and enhance the overall predictability
of our revenue
streams over time.
 
Customer Concentration
 
Because the pharmaceutical industry is dominated
by large companies with multiple brands, our revenue is concentrated in a relatively small number of
companies. We have approximately
100 pharmaceutical companies as customers, and our revenues are concentrated among the largest pharmaceutical
companies in the world.
Loss of one of more of our larger customers could have a negative impact on our operating results. Our top five customers
represented
approximately 49% and 44% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively. In 2024
and 2023,
we had two customers and one customer, respectively, that represented more than 10% of our revenues.
 
Seasonality
 
In general, the pharmaceutical brand marketing
industry spends its advertising budget seasonally. Many pharmaceutical companies allocate the largest
portion of their brand marketing
to the fourth quarter of the calendar year. As a result, the first quarter tends to reflect lower activity levels and lower
revenue, with
gradual increases in the following quarters. We expect these seasonality trends to continue and our ability to effectively manage our
resources
in anticipation of these trends may affect our operating results.
 
22

 
 
Impact of Macroeconomic Events
 
Unfavorable conditions in the economy may negatively
affect the growth of our business and our results of operations. For example, macroeconomic
events including rising inflation and the
U.S. Federal Reserve raising interest rates have led to economic uncertainty in the recent past, and threats of
multinational tariffs
and retaliatory tariffs provide uncertainty as to heightened inflation in the domestic markets in the next twelve months. In addition,
high levels of employee turnover across the pharmaceutical industry as well as a fewer number of U.S. drug approvals could create additional
uncertainty
within our target customer markets. Historically, during periods of economic uncertainty and downturns, businesses may slow
spending, which may impact
our business and our customers’ businesses. Adverse changes in demand could impact our business, collection
of accounts receivable and our expected
cash flow generation, which may adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Key Performance Indicators
 
We monitor the following key performance indicators
to help us evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business and
make strategic decisions. We have
updated the definition of “top 20 pharmaceutical manufacturers” in our key performance indicators to be based upon
Fierce
Pharma’s most updated list of “The top 20 pharma companies by 2023 revenue”. We previously used “The top 20 pharma
companies by 2022
revenue”. As a result of this change, prior periods have been restated for comparative purposes.
 
Average revenue per top 20 pharmaceutical manufacturer.
Average revenue per top 20 pharmaceutical manufacturer is calculated by taking the total
revenue the company recognized through pharmaceutical
manufacturers listed in Fierce Pharma’s “The top 20 pharma companies by 2023 revenue” over
the last twelve months, divided
by the total number of the aforementioned pharmaceutical manufacturers that our solutions helped support over that time
period. The Company
uses this metric to monitor its progress in “landing and expanding” with key customers within its largest customer vertical
and
believe it also provides investors with a transparent way to chart our progress in penetrating this important customer segment. The
increase in the average
in 2024, as compared to 2023, is primarily the result of higher revenue in the Company’s top 5 client accounts,
all of which are included in the average
revenue per top 20 pharmaceutical manufacturer KPI calculation. The above mentioned top 5 client
accounts averaged $9.0 million in revenue, which was
primarily driven by growth in DAAP and omnichannel messaging expansion.
 
 
 
Twelve Months Ended
December 31
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
Average revenue per top 20 pharmaceutical manufacturer
  $
2,933    $
2,399 
 
Percent of top 20 pharmaceutical manufacturers
that are customers. Percent of top 20 pharmaceutical manufacturers that are customers is calculated
by taking the number of revenue
generating customers that are pharmaceutical manufacturers listed in Fierce Pharma’s “The top 20 pharma companies by
2023
revenue” over the last 12 months, which is then divided by 20 - which is the number of pharmaceutical manufacturers included in
the aforementioned
list. The Company uses this metric to monitor its progress in penetrating key customers within its largest customer
vertical and believes it also provides
investors with a transparent way to chart our progress in penetrating this important customer segment.
 
 
 
Twelve Months Ended
 December 31
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
 
Percent of top 20 pharmaceutical manufacturers that are customers
   
100%   
100%
 
Percent of total revenue attributable to top
 20 pharmaceutical manufacturers. Percent of total revenue attributable to top 20 pharmaceutical
manufacturers is calculated by taking
the total revenue the company recognized through pharmaceutical manufacturers listed in Fierce Pharma’s “The top
20 pharma
companies by 2023 revenue” over the last twelve months, divided by our consolidated revenue over the same period. The Company uses
this
metric to monitor its progress in “landing and expanding” with key customers within its largest customer vertical and
believes it also provides investors
with a transparent way to chart our progress in penetrating this important customer segment. Our revenue
 from customers that are not top 20
pharmaceutical manufacturers stayed relatively consistent year over year.
 
 
 
Twelve Months Ended
 December 31
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
 
Percent of total revenue attributable to top 20 pharmaceutical manufacturers
   
64%   
67%
 
Net revenue retention. Net revenue retention
 is a comparison of revenue generated from all customers in the previous twelve-month period to total
revenue generated from the same customers
in the following twelve-month period (i.e., excludes new customer relationships for the most recent twelve-
month period). The Company
 uses this metric to monitor its ability to improve its penetration with existing customers and believes it also provides
investors with
a metric to chart our ability to increase our year-over-year penetration and revenue with existing customers. The retention rate in 2024
increased due to increased DAAP related revenue streams from existing clients and full year benefit of the October 2023 acquisition of
Medicx Health.
 
23

 
 
 
 
Twelve Months Ended
 December 31
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
 
Net revenue retention
   
121%   
105%
 
Revenue per average full-time employee.
We define revenue per average full-time employee as total revenue over the last twelve months divided by the
average number of employees
over the last twelve months (i.e., the average between the number of FTEs at the end of the reported period and the number
of FTEs at
the end of the same period of the prior year). The Company uses this metric to monitor the productivity of its workforce and its ability
to scale
efficiently over time and believes the metric provides investors with a way to chart our productivity and scalability. Our revenue
 rate per employee
increased year over year due to revenue growing at a higher rate than the average number of FTEs over the last 12 month
period.
 
 
 
Twelve Months Ended 
 December 31
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
Revenue per average full-time employee
  $
701    $
586 
 
Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31,
2024 and 2023
 
The following table sets forth, for the periods
indicated, the dollar value and percentage of total return represented by certain items in our consolidated
statements of operations (in
thousands):
 
 
 
Years
Ended December 31,
 
(in thousands,
except percentage data)
 
2024
 
 
2023
 
Total Net Revenue
  $
92,127     
100.0%   $
71,522     
100.0%
Cost of Revenues
   
32,749     
35.5%    
28,622     
40.0%
Gross margin
   
59,378     
64.5%    
42,900     
60.0%
Operating expenses
   
73,084     
79.3%    
69,302     
96.9%
Loss from operations
   
(13,706)    
(14.8)%   
(26,402)    
(36.9)%
Other (expense) income
   
(5,679)    
(6.2)%   
1,238     
1.7%
Loss before provision for income taxes
   
(19,385)    
(21.0)%   
(25,164)    
(35.2)%
Income tax (expense) benefit
   
(725)    
(0.8)%   
7,598     
10.6%
Net loss
  $
(20,110)    
(21.8)%  $
(17,566)    
(24.6)%
 
*
Balances and percentage of total revenue information may not add due to rounding
 
Net Revenue
 
Our net revenue increased 29% to $92.1 million
for the year ended December 31, 2024 from $71.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. 66% of
the $20.6 million year
 over year revenue increase resulted from the October 2023 acquisition of Medicx Health, with the remaining increase being
primarily due
to increased DAAP related sales as the Company generated 48 DAAP deals in 2024 compared to 24 DAAP deals in 2023. The increase was
partially
offset by a reduction of approximately $4.2 million as a result of the disposal of our non-core Access solutions and the sale of certain
non-core
solutions-related contracts in the fourth quarter of 2023.
 
Cost of Revenues
 
Our total cost of revenues, composed primarily
of revenue-share expense paid to our channel partners, increased in the year ended December 31, 2024
compared to the year ended December 31,
2023. Our cost of revenues as a percentage of revenue decreased to approximately 36% in the year ended
December 31, 2024 from approximately
40% in the year ended December 31, 2023. This decrease in our cost of revenues as a percentage of revenue
resulted primarily due
to favorable network utilization.
 
Gross Margin
 
Our gross margin, which is the difference between
our revenues and our cost of revenues, increased from 2023 to 2024 and our gross margin percentage
increased to 64.5% in 2024 from 60%
in 2023. We had higher revenues in 2024, which increased gross margin. Our gross margin percentage increased for
the reasons discussed
above in the cost of revenues section.
 
24

 
 
Operating Expenses
 
Total operating expenses increased to $73.1 million
for the year ended December 31, 2024, from $69.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, an
increase of approximately
5%.
 
The detail by major category is reflected in the
table below (in thousands).
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
 
Stock-based compensation
  $
11,467    $
13,717 
Depreciation and amortization
   
4,329     
2,402 
Impairment charges
   
7,489     
6,738 
Loss on disposal of a business
   
—     
2,142 
Transaction costs
   
243     
4,482 
Other sales, general, and administrative expense
   
49,556     
39,821 
Total operating expense
  $
73,084    $
69,302 
 
Stock-based compensation decreased to $11.5 million
for the year ended December 31, 2024, from $13.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 as
a result of the lower grant
date fair value of awards due to declines in the Company’s stock price partially offset by the acceleration of the market based
restricted
stock units for the former CEO which was fully expensed as of December 31, 2024 upon his resignation.
 
Depreciation and amortization increased to $4.3
million for the year ended December 31, 2024, from $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2023,
as a result of the amortization
associated with the identifiable intangibles arising from the Medicx Health acquisition.
 
Impairment charges increased to $7.5 million for
the year ended December 31, 2024, from $6.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The
impairment charge recorded during
2024 represents a goodwill impairment and represents the amount by which the Company’s book value exceeded its
estimated fair value.
The impairment charges recorded during 2023 relate to intangible assets, primarily technology and patent and trademarks relating to
certain
non-core assets. The Company determined that the carrying value of these long-lived assets was not recoverable on an undiscounted basis
and
accordingly, an impairment charge was recognized to the extent fair value exceeds carrying value. The fair value of the assets was
determined based on
various estimates and assumptions including internal estimates of cash flows directly attributable to the assets,
the useful life of the assets and residual
value, if any.
 
The loss on disposal of a business for the year
ended December 31, 2023 is discussed in Part II, Item 8. Financials Statements and Supplementary Data;
Note 7 - Goodwill and Intangibles.
 
Transaction related costs for the year ended December 31,
2023 arose due to the acquisition of Medicx Health, discussed in Part II, Item 8. Financials
Statements and Supplementary Data; Note 3
- Acquisitions.
 
Sales general, and administrative expense increased
 to $49.6 million for the year ended December  31, 2024, from $39.8 million for the year ended
December 31, 2023. There were a
variety of increases, the largest of which was in compensation, which increased by $7.7 million from $24.1 million in
2023 to $31.8 million
in 2024. The increase in 2024 is due to severance expense and the addition of Medicx employees for a full year period increasing
compensation
and benefits. This increase was partially offset by savings due to operational synergies generated through the integration of Medicx Health.
 
Other income (expense)
 
Other income (expense) was comprised of the following:
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
 
(in thousands)
   
     
 
Other income (expense)
 
    
  
Interest expense
  $
(6,160)   $
(1,454)
Other income
   
152     
500 
Interest income
   
329     
2,192 
 
  $
(5,679)   $
1,238 
 
25

 
 
Interest expense increased to $6.2 million for
the year ended December 31, 2024, from $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. Interest expense
represents interest
 charges on our Term Loan, which was raised during 2023 to partially fund the acquisition of Medicx Health, together with the
amortization
of the related issuance costs, (see Part II, Item 8. Financials Statements and Supplementary Data; Note 12 - Long Term Debt for further
details
concerning our Term Loan). The increase year over year is due to 2024 having a full year of interest expense versus three months
of interest expense in
2023.
 
Other income in 2023 represents the net proceeds
from the sale of customer assets, primarily contracts, while other income in 2024 relates to benefits from
legacy vendor contracts.
 
Interest income decreased to $0.3 million for
the year ended December 31, 2024, from $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. Interest income
represents interest
earned on our short-term investments, which were realized during 2023 in order to partially fund the acquisition of Medicx Health.
Interest
earned in 2024 reflects the lower average balance on amounts held in short-term investments during that period.
 
Income tax (expense) benefit
 
We recorded an income tax expense of $0.7 million
for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to an income tax benefit of $7.6 million for the year
ended December 31, 2023.
The increase in income tax expense for 2024 compared to 2023 primarily related to having taxable income for the year ended
December 31,
2024. The income tax benefit recorded in 2023 represents the partial reversal of our valuation allowance, previously recorded against
the
value of our net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards. In evaluating our ability to recover our deferred tax assets, in
full or in part, we consider all
available positive and negative evidence, including our past operating results, the impact of the Medicx
transaction on our consolidated tax returns, and our
forecast of future earnings, future taxable income and prudent and feasible tax planning
strategies.
 
The assumptions utilized in determining future
taxable income require significant judgment and are consistent with the plans and estimates we are using to
manage the underlying businesses.
Actual operating results in future years could differ from our current assumptions, judgments and estimates.
 
Net Income (Loss)
 
We finished the year ended December 31, 2024
with a net loss of $20.1 million, compared to $17.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2023. The
reasons for specific components
are discussed above. Overall, we had an increase in revenue and gross margin partially offset by increased operating
expenses. In addition,
the loss in both periods included significant noncash items. We had $24.3 million in noncash operating expenses in 2024 compared
to $25.9
million in noncash operating expenses in 2023.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Historically, our primary sources of liquidity
have been cash receipts from customers and proceeds from equity offerings. On October 11, 2023, we entered
into a financing agreement
that provided for a $40.0 million term loan (the “Term Loan”), the proceeds of which were to fund, in part, the acquisition
of
Medicx Health. See Part II, Item 8. Financials Statements and Supplementary Data; Note 12 - Long Term Debt.
 
As of December 31, 2024, we had total current
assets of $54.0 million, compared with current liabilities of $18.7 million, resulting in working capital of
$35.3 million and a current
ratio of 3 to 1. This compares with a working capital balance of $36.4 million and a current ratio of 3 to 1 at December 31,
2023.
This decrease in working capital, as discussed in more detail below, is primarily the result of a slight increase in our accounts receivable
driven by
higher fourth quarter billings, and a slight increase in our accrued expenses due to severance expenses as of December 31, 2024.
 
We believe that funds generated from operations,
together with existing cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient to finance our current operations and
planned growth for the next
twelve months. We do not anticipate the need to raise any additional cash to support operations. However, we could require
additional
debt or equity financing if we were to make any significant acquisitions for cash during that period. In addition, we believe we can generate
the
cash needed to operate beyond the next 12 months from operations.
 
Cash Flows
 
Following is a table with summary data from the consolidated statement
of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, as presented.
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
 
(in thousands)
 
    
  
Net cash provided by / (used in) operating activities
  $
4,889    $
(7,240)
Net cash used in investing activities
   
(450)    
(25,337)
Net cash (used in) / provided by financing activities
   
(4,911)    
28,220 
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
  $
(472)   $
(4,357)
 
26

 
 
Our operating activities provided $4.9 million
in the year ended December 31, 2024, as compared with approximately $7.2 million used by operating
activities in the year ended December 31,
2023. The net increase in net cash provided by operating activities was mainly attributable to a $6.5 million
increase in cash flows from
accounts receivable largely driven by higher fourth quarter billings in fiscal 2024 as compared to fiscal 2023 and a reduction of
cash
outflows for deferred tax liabilities. In 2023, as a result of the Medicx Health acquisition, the Company recorded a deferred tax liability
of $7.7 million
which was reduced in 2024 for the change in deferred tax liability. This was partially offset by a $2,544 increase in
net loss.
 
Investing activities used $0.5 million in 2024,
compared with $25.3 million in 2023. In 2024, we incurred capitalized software development costs of $0.3
million, and purchased $0.1 million
of tangible property, primarily personal computers.
 
During 2023, in addition to the cash payment of
$82.9 million related to the acquisition of Medicx Health, we purchased $162.8 million and redeemed
$218.7 million in Treasury bills during
2023. We also incurred capitalized software development costs of $0.8 million, and purchased $0.1 million of
tangible property, primarily
 personal computers and received $2.5 million from the disposal of our Access products (see Part II, Item 8. Financials
Statements and
Supplementary Data; Note 7 - Goodwill and Intangibles).
 
Financing activities used $4.9 million in 2024,
 and provided $28.2 million in 2023. During 2024, in connection with the Term Loan, we have made
repayments of approximately $4.0 million.
 In addition, during 2024, we paid $0.9 million for employee withholding taxes related to the vesting of
restricted stock units.
 
During 2023, we raised $40.0 million pursuant
to the Term Loan to partially fund the acquisition of Medicx Health. In connection with the Term Loan, we
incurred debt issuance costs
of approximately $2.3 million, and made repayments of approximately $1.7 million. In addition, during 2023, we repurchased
526,999 shares
of common stock for $7.5 million.
 
Term Loan
 
On October 11, 2023 (the “Loan Date”),
in connection with the acquisition of Medicx Health, we entered into a financing agreement that provided for a
$40.0 million term loan.
 
The outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan
is repayable in quarterly installments on the last business day of each fiscal quarter commencing on
December 31, 2023 in an amount equal
to 1.25% of the principal amount. The outstanding unpaid principal amount of the Term Loan, and all accrued and
unpaid interest thereon,
shall be due and payable on the earliest of (i) the fourth anniversary of the closing of the financing agreement and funding of the
Term
Loan and (ii) the date on which the Term Loan is declared due and payable pursuant to the terms of the financing agreement.  The
Term loan bears
interest at a variable rate, which was 13.3% at December 31, 2024.
 
We incurred debt issuance costs of approximately
$2.3 million, in connection with this Term Loan and made repayments of approximately $4.0 million and
$1.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
 
As of December 31, 2024, total obligations under
the Term Loan were $34.3 million, with $2.0 million of principal payments due over the next twelve
months. We are subject to market risks
arising from changes in interest rates which relate primarily to the Term Loan, which is variable rate debt. We
estimate our potential
additional interest expense over the next twelve months that would result from a hypothetical, instantaneous and unfavorable change
of
100 basis points in the interest rate on our Term Loan would be approximately $0.3 million on a pre-tax basis.See Part II, Item 8. Financials
Statements
and Supplementary Data; Note 12 - Long Term Debt for additional information regarding the Term Loan.
 
Other Contractual Obligations
 
We have obligations under our operating leases
for office space. Total obligations under short and long term operating leases were $0.4 million, with $0.2
million due over the next
twelve months. For details regarding short and long term operating lease liabilities, see Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and
Supplementary
Data; Note 13 – Leases in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
We have obligations under our former employee
severance agreements. As of December 31, 2024, total obligations under former employee severance
agreements were $1.2 million, with $1.0
million due over the next twelve months.
 
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
From time to time, the Company enters into arrangements
with channel partners to acquire minimum amounts of media, data or messaging capabilities. As
of December 31, 2024, the Company had
commitments with channel partners for future minimum payments of $19.7 million that will be reflected in cost
of revenues during the years
from 2025 through 2029, with $14.4 million due over the next twelve months. See Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and
Supplementary
Data; Note 16 – Commitments.
 
27

 
 
Critical Accounting Estimates
 
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition
and results of operations are based upon the Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been
prepared in accordance with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates,
judgments and assumptions
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenues
and
expenses during the periods presented. Actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions. See Part II, Item 8. Financial
Statements and
Supplementary Data; Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, for a discussion of significant accounting policies.
Actual results may differ
materially from these estimates due to different assumptions or conditions. The following areas all require
the use of subjective or complex judgments,
estimates and assumptions:
 
Business Combination
 
Business combinations are accounted for under
 the acquisition method. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed as part of a business acquisition are
generally recorded at their estimated
fair value at the date of acquisition. The excess of purchase price over the amount allocated to the assets acquired and
liabilities assumed
is recorded as goodwill. In determining the fair value of assets acquired, including intangible assets, the Company uses a variety of
methods. The method used to estimate the fair values of intangible assets incorporates significant estimates and assumptions regarding
the estimates a
market participant would make to evaluate an asset, including a market participant’s use of the asset, future cash inflows
and outflows, probabilities of
success, asset lives and the appropriate discount rates. This judgement and determination affects the amount
of consideration paid that is allocated to assets
acquired and liabilities assumed in the business purchase transaction. The Company engages
third-party appraisal firms to assist in determining fair value
of assets acquired and liabilities assumed when appropriate.
 
During the remeasurement period, which extends
no later than one year from the acquisition date, the Company may record certain adjustments to the
carrying value of the assets acquired
and liabilities assumed with a corresponding offset to goodwill.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
Recognition of revenue requires evidence of a
contract, probable collection of proceeds, and completion of substantially all performance obligations. We
use a 5-step model to recognize
revenue: (1) identify the contract with a customer, (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract, (3) determine
the transaction
price, (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, and (5) recognize revenue when or as the performance
obligations are satisfied.
 
Revenues are primarily generated from content
delivery activities in which we deliver financial, clinical, or brand messaging through a distribution network
of e-prescribers and electronic
health record technology providers (channel partners), directly to consumers, or from reselling services that complement the
business.
This content delivery for a customer is referred to as a program. Unless otherwise specified, revenue is recognized based on the selling
price to
customers.
 
Our contracts are generally all less than one
year and the primary performance obligation is delivery of messages or other forms of content, but the contract
may contain additional
 services. Additional services may include program design, which is the design of the content delivery program, set up, and
reporting.
We consider set up and reporting services to be complimentary to the primary performance obligation and recognized through performance
of the
delivery of content. We consider the design of the programs and related consulting services to be performance obligations separate
from the delivery of
messages. Performance obligations which are recognized at a point in time upon delivery to the client include the
development and delivery of NPI target
data lists and custom analytic and consulting projects.
 
As the content is distributed through the platform
 and network of channel partners (a transaction), these transactions are recorded, and revenue is
recognized, over time as the distributions
occur. Revenue for transactions can be realized based on a price per message, a price per redemption, as a flat fee
occurring over a period
 of time, or upon completion of the program, depending on the client contract. We recognize setup fees that are required for
integrating
client offerings and campaigns into the rule-based content delivery system and network over the life of the initial program, based either
on time,
or units delivered, depending upon which is most appropriate in the specific situation. Should a program be cancelled before
completion, the balance of set
up revenue is recognized at the time of cancellation, as set up fees are nonrefundable. Additionally, we
also recognize revenue for providing program
performance reporting and maintenance, either by our company directly delivering reports
or by providing access to our online reporting portal that the
client can utilize. This reporting revenue is recognized over time as the
messages are delivered. Program design, which is the design of the content delivery
program, and related consulting services are recognized
as services are performed.
 
In some instances, we license certain of our software
applications in arrangements that do not include other performance obligations. In those instances, we
record license revenue when the
software is delivered for use to the license. In instances where our contracts included Software as a Service, the revenue is
recognized
over the subscription period as services are delivered to the customer.
 
In some instances, we also resell messaging solutions
that are available through channel partners that are complementary to our HCP marketing business
and customer base. These channel partner-specific
solutions are frequently similar to our own solutions and revenue recognition for these programs is the
same as described above. In instances
where we sell solutions on a commission basis, net revenue is recognized based on the commission-based revenue
split that we receive.
In instances where we resell these messaging solutions and have all financial risk and significant operation input and risk, we record
the revenue based on the gross amount sold and the amount paid to the channel partner as a cost of sales.
 
28

 
 
Cost of Revenues
 
The primary costs of revenue are revenue-share
expense and data acquisition costs. Based on the volume of transactions that are delivered through a
channel partner network, we provide
a revenue-share to compensate the channel partner for its or their promotion of the campaign. Revenue-shares are a
negotiated percentage
 of the transaction fees and can also be specific to special considerations and campaigns. In addition, we pay revenue-share to
ConnectiveRx
as a result of a 2014 legal settlement in an amount equal to the greater of 10% of financial messaging distribution revenues generated
through our integrated network, or $0.37 per financial message distributed through our integrated network. As our solution mix has expanded
and our
revenues have grown, financial messaging has become a smaller percentage of our revenues and these payments to ConnectiveRx, a
smaller portion of our
revenue-share. The contractual amount due to the channel partners is recorded as an expense at the time the message
is distributed. Data acquisition costs
consist primarily of the costs to acquire data through flat-fee data licensing agreements. Data
acquisition costs are amortized over the period for which we
have access to the data.
 
Intangible Assets
 
Intangible assets are stated at cost. Finite-lived
assets are being amortized over their estimated useful lives of fifteen to seventeen years for patents, eight
years for customer relationships,
fifteen years for tradenames, two to four years for covenants not to compete, and three to ten years for software and
websites, all using
the straight-line method.
 
Intangible assets are reviewed whenever events
or changes in circumstances indicate that the related carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Impairment
of assets with definite-lives
is generally determined by comparing projected undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset, or asset groups,
to its
carrying value. If the carrying value of the long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable on an undiscounted basis, an impairment
is recognized to
the extent fair value exceeds carrying value. Determining the extent of impairment, if any, typically requires various
estimates and assumptions including
cash flows directly attributable to the asset, the useful life of the asset and residual value, if
any. When necessary, the Company uses internal cash flow
estimates, quoted market prices and appraisals, as appropriate, to determine
fair value. Actual results could vary from these estimates. In addition, the
remaining useful life of the impaired asset is revised, if
necessary.
 
No events or circumstances were noted that would
 be indicative of potential impairment during the year ended December  31, 2024. We recorded
impairment charges of $6.7 million against
the value of our intangible assets during the year ended December 31, 2023.
 
Goodwill
 
Assets and liabilities of acquired businesses
are measured at their estimated fair values at the dates of acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the
estimated fair value
of the net assets acquired, including identified intangibles, is recorded as goodwill. The determination and allocation of fair value
to the
assets acquired and liabilities assumed is based on various assumptions and valuation methodologies requiring considerable management
 judgment,
including estimates based on historical information, current market data and future expectations.
 
We evaluate goodwill for impairment during our
 fiscal fourth quarter, or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change. Management
performs its annual goodwill impairment
test as of December 31. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level.
 
An entity is permitted to first assess qualitative
factors to determine if a quantitative impairment test is necessary. If we choose to use qualitative factors and
determine that it is
more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then the quantitative goodwill impairment
test
would be required. The goodwill impairment test requires the Company to estimate the fair value of the reporting unit and to compare
the fair value of the
reporting unit with its carrying amount.
 
In estimating the reporting unit’s fair
value, the Company performed a valuation analysis, utilizing a discounted cash flow income approach and a guideline
public company market
approach. We assigned a probability weighting to each approach of 50%. The determination of the fair value of the reporting unit
requires
 the Company to make significant estimates and assumptions about the reporting unit’s expected future cash flows. These estimates
 and
assumptions primarily include, but are not limited to, the discount rate, revenue growth rates, operating margins and multiples of
earnings. These estimates
and assumptions were determined in connection with support from a third-party valuation specialist. The discount
rate used is based on the estimated
weighted-average cost of capital for companies with profiles similar to our profile and based on an
assessment of the risk inherent in those future cash
flows. To forecast the reporting unit’s cash flows, the Company takes into
consideration economic conditions and trends, historical results and recent
performance, estimated future operating results, management’s
and a market participant’s view of growth rates, management’s ability to execute on planned
future strategic initiatives and
anticipates future economic conditions. The market approach compares the valuation multiples of similar companies to that
of the associated
reporting unit. The Company then reconciles the calculated fair values to its market capitalization. The fair value is then compared to
its
carrying value including goodwill. If the fair value is in excess of its carrying value, the related goodwill is not impaired. If
the fair value is less than
carrying value, an impairment charge is recognized, equivalent to the amount that the carrying value exceeds
the fair value.
 
29

 
 
For both the years
ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, our annual reviews determined there was no impairment as our
single reporting unit had a fair
value in excess of its carrying value. For both the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, our annual
reviews determined that there was no impairment.
It was determined that the Company’s single reporting unit was exactly equal to its carrying
value at December 31, 2024. It was determined that the fair
value of the Company’s single reporting unit was greater than its carrying
value at December 31, 2023.
 
During the third quarter of 2024, the Company
 experienced a Triggering Event due to a sustained decline in its stock price and overall market
capitalization. Accordingly, the Company
conducted a quantitative impairment test of its goodwill at September 30, 2024. The Company estimated the
implied fair value of its goodwill
using a combination of a market approach and income approach. A noncash charge of $7.5 million, representing the
amount by which the Company’s
book value exceeds its estimated fair value, was recorded as a goodwill impairment in the year ended December 31, 2024.
 
Assessment
 of the potential impairment of goodwill and intangible assets is an integral part of our normal ongoing review of operations. Testing
 for
potential impairment of these assets is significantly dependent on numerous assumptions and reflects management’s best estimates at
a particular point in
time. Estimates based on these assumptions may differ significantly from actual results. Changes in factors and
assumptions used in assessing potential
impairments can have a significant impact on the existence and magnitude of impairments, as well
as the time in which such impairments are recognized.
Any amount of negative change to the above disclosed key assumptions could
result in future impairment to goodwill.
 
Goodwill
impairment charges may be recognized in future periods to the extent changes in factors or circumstances occur, including deterioration
in the
macro-economic environment or in the equity markets, including a decline in the market value of the Company’s common shares,
deterioration in its
performance or its future projections, or changes in its plans for one or more reporting units.
 
Stock-based
Compensation
 
We use the fair value method to account for stock-based
compensation. The fair value of the equity instrument is charged directly to compensation expense
and additional paid-in capital over
the period during which services are rendered. The fair value of each award is estimated on the date of each grant.
 
For time-based options, fair value is estimated
using the Black-Scholes option pricing model that uses the following assumptions. Estimated volatilities are
based on the historical volatility
of our stock over the same period as the expected term of the options. The expected term of options granted represents the
period of time
that options granted are expected to be outstanding. We use historical data to estimate option exercise behavior and to determine this
term.
The risk-free rate used is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant using a time period equal to
the expected option term. We
have never paid dividends and do not expect to pay any dividends in the future.
 
The Black-Scholes option valuation model and other
existing models were developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no
vesting restrictions and are fully
 transferable. These option valuation models require the input of, and are highly sensitive to, subjective assumptions
including the expected
stock price volatility. Our stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and changes in the
subjective input assumptions could materially affect the fair value estimate.
 
For restricted stock units, the fair value is
based on the market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. For market based restricted
stock units, fair value
is estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation model. This valuation technique includes estimating the movement of stock prices and
the effects
of volatility, interest rates and dividends.
 
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
 
In December 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards
 Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2023-09 (“ASU 2023-09”), Income Taxes (Topic 740):
Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures.
 ASU 2023-09 addresses investor requests for more transparency about income tax information through
improvements to income tax disclosures
primarily related to the rate reconciliation and income taxes paid information. This update also includes certain
other amendments to
improve the effectiveness of income tax disclosures. The provisions of ASU 2023-09 are effective for annual periods beginning after
December
15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2023-09.
 
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03
(“ASU 2024-03”), Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income - Expense Disaggregation
Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40).
ASU 2024-03 requires that public business entities disclose additional information about specific expense categories in the
notes to financial
statements at interim and annual reporting periods. The prescribed categories include purchases of inventory, employee compensation,
depreciation,
intangible asset amortization, and depletion. This authoritative guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15,
2026
and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2027, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effect
 of this new
guidance on its consolidated financial statements.
 
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures
About Market Risk
 
We are a smaller reporting company as defined
in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act and are not required to provide the information otherwise required under
this Item 7A.
 
30

 
 
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary
Data
 
Index to Financial Statements Required by Article
8 of Regulation S-X:
 
Audited Financial Statements:
 
F-1
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm;
F-4
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2024 and 2023;
F-5
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023;
F-6
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity for the Year Ended December 31, 2024;
F-7
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity for the Year Ended December 31, 2023;
F-8
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023; and
F-9
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
31

 
 
 
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
To the Stockholders and Board
of Directors of
OptimizeRx Corporation
 
Opinion
on the Financial Statements
 
We have
audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of OptimizeRx Corporation and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December
31, 2024
and 2023, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then
 ended, and the related notes
(collectively referred to as the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial
statements referred to above present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2024 and
2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years
then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United Sates of America.
 
Basis
for Opinion
 
These consolidated
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s
consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board
(United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S.
federal securities laws and the
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
 
We conducted
our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company
 is not
required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits,
we are required to obtain
an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion
on the effectiveness of the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
 
Our audits
included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error
or
fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding
the amounts and
disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used
and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
Critical
Audit Matters
 
The critical
 audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were
communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to
the consolidated
financial statements and (2) involved especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of
critical audit matters does not alter
in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not,
by communicating the critical audit matters below,
providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures
to which they related.
  
F-1

 
 
To the Stockholders and Board
of Directors of OptimizeRx Corporation
Page Two
 
Critical
Audit Matter - Revenue Recognition
 
As disclosed
in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company recognizes revenue upon transfer of control of promised products or services
to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for those products or services.
 
The principal
considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to revenue recognition is a critical audit matter is that significant
judgment is exercised in determining revenue recognition for customer agreements and includes the following: (1) determining whether services
 are
considered distinct performance obligations that should be accounted for separately versus together, (2) the pattern and timing of
delivery for each distinct
performance obligation, and (3) identification and treatment of contract terms that may impact the timing and
amount of revenue recognized.
 
How
the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit
 
The audit
 procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included the following: (1) obtaining an understanding of the design and
implementation of controls related to identifying distinct performance obligations, determining the timing of revenue recognition, and
 estimating any
variable consideration, (2) selecting of a sample of customer agreements and testing management’s identification
and treatment of contract terms, (3)
testing the mathematical accuracy of management’s calculations of revenue and the associated
timing of revenue recognized in the consolidated financial
statements, (4) confirming data utilized to recognize revenue with third-party
service providers to ensure completeness and accuracy of the data used to
recognize revenue, and (5) confirming with the Company’s customers
the contract terms and conditions of agreements and completion of the Company’s
performance obligations under the contract.
 
Critical
Audit Matter – Valuation of Goodwill
 
As discussed
in Notes 2 and 7 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company evaluates goodwill for impairment on an annual basis as of December
31 or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. The
goodwill balance as of
December 31, 2024, was $70.9 million. The Company’s goodwill impairment assessment involves comparing the
fair value of each reporting unit to its
carrying value. The Company estimates the fair value of its reporting units using a weighting
 of fair values derived from the income and market
approaches. The determination of fair value using the income approach is based on the
 present value of estimated future cash flows, which requires
management to make significant estimates and assumptions of revenue growth
 rates and operating margins, and selection of the discount rate. The
determination of the fair value using the market approach requires
management to make significant assumptions related to market multiples of earnings
derived from comparable publicly traded companies with
similar operating and investment characteristics as the reporting unit.
 
During the
 quarter ended September 30, 2024, the Company identified circumstances that would be indicative of possible impairment and recorded
impairment
expense of $7.5 million. Based on the results of the Company’s annual impairment testing as of December 31, 2024, no impairment
was
recognized as the fair value of the Company’s reporting units exceeded their carrying value.
 
We identified
the Company’s goodwill impairment assessments as a critical audit matter because of the significant estimates and assumptions used
by
management to estimate the fair value of the reporting unit. This required a high degree of auditor judgment and an increased extent
of effort, including the
need to involve our fair value specialists, when performing audit procedures to evaluate the reasonableness of
management’s estimates and assumptions of
future cash flows based on estimates of revenue growth rates and gross profit margins
and selection of the discount rate for the income approach, and
multiples of earnings for the market approach.
 
F-2

 
 
To the Stockholders and Board
of Directors of OptimizeRx Corporation
Page Three
 
How
the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit
 
Our audit
procedures related to the Company’s goodwill impairment assessments included the following, among others:
 
(1) Obtaining an understanding of the design and implementation of controls
 relating to management’s assessment of goodwill for potential
impairment, including management’s controls over forecasts of future
cash flows based upon estimates of revenue growth rates and operating
margins and the selection of the discount rate for the income approach,
and determination of multiples of earnings for the market approach.
 
(2) We evaluated the reasonableness of management’s forecasts
 of future cash flows based on revenue growth rates and operating margins by
comparing the forecasts to historical revenues and operating
 margins. We performed procedures to verify the mathematical accuracy of the
calculations used by management. Furthermore, we assessed
the appropriateness of the disclosures in the financial statements.
 
(3) With the assistance of our fair value specialists:
 
●
We evaluated the reasonableness of the valuation methodologies.
 
●
We evaluated the reasonableness of the discount rates used in the
income approach by developing an independent range of estimated discount
rates and comparing that range to the discount rate used in the
Company’s valuation.
 
●
We evaluated the multiples of earnings used in the market approach,
including testing the underlying source information and mathematical
accuracy of the calculations.
 
We have
served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.
 
/s/ UHY LLP
 
Sterling Heights, Michigan
 
March 20, 2025
 
Firm ID #1195
 
 
F-3

 
 
OPTIMIZERx CORPORATION
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
 
 
 
December 31,
2024
   
December 31,
2023
 
ASSETS
   
     
 
Current Assets
   
     
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $
13,380    $
13,852 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for credit losses of $335 and $239 at December 31, 2024 and 2023,
respectively
   
38,212     
36,253 
Taxes receivable
   
—     
1,036 
Prepaid expenses and other
   
2,379     
3,190 
Total Current Assets
   
53,971     
54,331 
Property and equipment, net
   
150     
149 
Other Assets
   
      
  
Goodwill
   
70,869     
78,357 
Patent rights, net
   
5,517     
6,185 
Technology assets, net
   
8,180     
9,013 
Tradename and customer relationships, net
   
31,819     
34,198 
Operating lease right-of-use assets
   
366     
573 
Security deposits and other assets
   
296     
568 
Total Other Assets
   
117,047     
128,894 
TOTAL ASSETS
  $
171,168    $
183,374 
 
   
      
  
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
   
      
  
Current Liabilities
   
      
  
Current portion of long-term debt
  $
2,000    $
2,000 
Accounts payable – trade
   
2,156     
2,227 
Accrued expenses
   
8,486     
7,706 
Revenue share payable
   
5,053     
5,506 
Taxes payable
   
318     
49 
Current portion of lease liabilities
   
168     
222 
Deferred revenue
   
473     
172 
Total Current Liabilities
   
18,654     
17,882 
Non-current Liabilities
   
      
  
Long-term debt, net
   
30,816     
34,231 
Lease liabilities, net of current portion
   
209     
371 
Deferred tax liabilities, net
   
4,491     
4,337 
Total Liabilities
   
54,170     
56,821 
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 16)
   
      
  
Stockholders’ Equity
   
      
  
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding at December 31, 2024
and 2023, respectively
   
—     
— 
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 166,666,667 shares authorized, 20,194,697 and 19,899,679 shares issued at
December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively
   
20     
20 
Treasury stock, $0.001 par value,1,741,397 shares purchased at December 31, 2024 and 2023
   
(2)    
(2)
Additional paid-in-capital
   
201,348     
190,793 
Accumulated deficit
   
(84,368)    
(64,258)
Total Stockholders’ Equity
   
116,998     
126,553 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
  $
171,168    $
183,374 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of
these financial statements.
 
F-4

 
 
OPTIMIZERx CORPORATION
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
 
 
 
For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2024
   
For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2023
 
 
   
     
 
Net revenue
  $
92,127    $
71,522 
Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization presented separately below
   
32,749     
28,622 
Gross profit
   
59,378     
42,900 
 
   
      
  
Operating Expenses
   
      
  
Stock-based compensation
   
11,467     
13,717 
Loss on disposal of a business
   
—     
2,142 
Impairment charges
   
7,489     
6,738 
Depreciation and amortization
   
4,329     
2,402 
Other sales, general and administrative expenses
   
49,799     
44,303 
Total operating expenses
   
73,084     
69,302 
Loss from operations
   
(13,706)    
(26,402)
Other income (expense)
   
      
  
Interest expense
   
(6,160)    
(1,454)
Other income
   
152     
500 
Interest income
   
329     
2,192 
Total other income (expense), net
   
(5,679)    
1,238 
Loss before provision for income taxes
   
(19,385)    
(25,164)
Income tax (expense) benefit
   
(725)    
7,598 
Net loss
  $
(20,110)   $
(17,566)
Weighted average number of shares outstanding – basic
   
18,292,935     
17,124,801 
Weighted average number of shares outstanding – diluted
   
18,292,935     
17,124,801 
Loss per share – basic
  $
(1.10)   $
(1.03)
Loss per share – diluted
  $
(1.10)   $
(1.03)
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of
these financial statements.
 
F-5

 
 
OPTIMIZERx CORPORATION
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’
Equity for the Year
Ended December 31, 2024
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
      Additional      
 
     
 
 
 
   
Common Stock
     
Treasury Stock
     
Paid-in
      Accumulated      
 
 
 
   
Shares
      Amount      
Shares
      Amount      
Capital
     
Deficit
     
Total
 
Balance, January 1, 2024
    19,899,679    $
20      (1,741,397)   $
(2)   $
190,793    $
(64,258)   $
126,553 
Stock-based compensation expense
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
Options
   
—     
—     
—     
—     
4,783     
—     
4,783 
Restricted stock
   
—     
—     
—     
—     
6,683     
—     
6,683 
Issuance of common stock:
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
For restricted stock units vested, net of
cancelled units
   
295,018     
—     
—     
—     
(911)    
—     
(911)
Net loss for the year
   
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
(20,110)    
(20,110)
Balance, December 31, 2024
    20,194,697    $
20      (1,741,397)   $
(2)   $
201,348    $
(84,368)   $
116,998 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of
these financial statements.
 
F-6

 
 
OPTIMIZERx CORPORATION
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’
Equity for the Year
Ended December 31, 2023
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
      Additional      
 
     
 
 
 
   
Common Stock
     
Treasury Stock
     
Paid-in
      Accumulated      
 
 
 
   
Shares
      Amount      
Shares
      Amount      
Capital
     
Deficit
     
Total
 
Balance, January 1, 2023
    18,288,571    $
18    $(1,214,398)   $
(1)   $
172,786    $
(46,692)   $
126,111 
Stock-based compensation expense
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
Options
   
—     
—     
—     
—     
5,925     
—     
5,925 
Restricted stock
   
—     
—     
—     
—     
7,792     
—     
7,792 
Issuance of common stock:
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
For stock options exercised
   
24,668     
—     
—     
—     
181     
—     
181 
For acquisition
   
1,444,581     
2     
—     
—     
12,090     
—     
12,092 
For restricted stock units vested, net of
cancelled units
   
141,859     
—     
—     
—     
(459)    
—     
(459)
Repurchase of common stock
   
—     
—     
(526,999)    
(1)    
(7,522)    
—     
(7,523)
Net loss for the year
   
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
(17,566)    
(17,566)
Balance, December 31, 2023
    19,899,679    $
20      (1,741,397)   $
(2)   $
190,793    $
(64,258)   $
126,553 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of
these financial statements.
 
F-7

 
 
OPTIMIZERx CORPORATION
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
 
 
 
For the 
Year Ended 
December 31,
2024
   
For the 
Year Ended 
December 31,
2023
 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
   
     
 
Net loss
  $
(20,110)   $
(17,566)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by /  (used in) operating activities:
   
      
  
Depreciation and amortization
   
4,329     
2,402 
Impairment charges
   
7,489     
6,738 
Loss on disposal of business
   
—     
2,142 
Bad debt expense
   
208     
666 
Stock-based compensation
   
11,467     
13,717 
Amortization of debt issuance costs
   
835     
211 
Change in:
   
      
  
Accounts receivable
   
(2,168)    
(8,713)
Prepaid expenses and other assets
   
811     
(573)
Accounts payable
   
(72)    
(1,320)
Revenue share payable
   
(453)    
1,515 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
   
1,053     
1,303 
Deferred tax liabilities
   
1,449     
(7,695)
Deferred loan fees
   
(250)    
— 
Deferred revenue
   
301     
(67)
NET CASH PROVIDED BY / (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES
   
4,889     
(7,240)
 
   
      
  
CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   
      
  
Purchases of property and equipment
   
(112)    
(87)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
   
—     
10 
Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired
   
—     
(82,947)
Proceeds from sale of business
   
—     
2,540 
Purchase of short-term investments
   
—     
(162,778)
Redemptions of short-term investments
   
—     
218,709 
Capitalized software development costs and other
   
(338)    
(784)
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES
   
(450)    
(25,337)
 
   
      
  
CASH FLOWS (USED IN) / PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   
      
  
Proceeds from long-term debt, net of issuance costs
   
—     
37,730 
Repayment of long-term debt
   
(4,000)    
(1,710)
Repurchase of common stock
   
—     
(7,522)
Cash paid for employee withholding taxes related to the vesting of restricted stock units
   
(911)    
— 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options, net of cash paid for withholding taxes
   
—     
(278)
NET CASH (USED IN) / PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES
   
(4,911)    
28,220 
NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
   
(472)    
(4,357)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS – BEGINNING OF PERIOD
   
13,852     
18,209 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS – END OF PERIOD
  $
13,380    $
13,852 
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
   
      
  
Cash paid for interest
  $
6,203    $
1,213 
ROU assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations
  $
—    $
460 
Shares issued in connection with acquisition
  $
—    $
12,091 
Cash paid for income taxes
  $
161    $
48 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of
these financial statements.
 
F-8

 
 
OPTIMIZERx CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024
(in thousands, excepts share and per share
data)
 
NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF BUSINESS
 
OptimizeRx Corporation (the “Company”
or “OptimizeRx”) is a digital healthcare technology company that connects over two million HCPs and millions
of their patients
 through an intelligent technology platform embedded within a proprietary omnichannel network. OptimizeRx helps life science
organizations
engage and support their customers through our combined HCP and DTC marketing strategies.
 
NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES
 
Basis of Presentation
 
The financial statements of the Company have been
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America
and are presented in US dollars.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity
 with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and
expenses during the reporting
period. Estimates and assumptions have been made in determining the allowance for credit losses, carrying value of assets,
fair values
assigned to acquired long-lived assets, depreciable and amortizable lives of tangible and intangible assets, the carrying value of liabilities,
the
valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, the timing of revenue recognition and related revenue-share expenses, and inputs used
in the calculation of
stock based compensation. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
 
Principles of Consolidation
 
The financial statements reflect the consolidated
results of OptimizeRx Corporation, a Nevada corporation, and its wholly owned subsidiaries: Healthy
Offers, Inc., a Nevada corporation,
 and CareSpeak Communications d.o.o., a controlled foreign corporation incorporated in Croatia. Together, these
companies are referred
to as “OptimizeRx” and “the Company.” All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated.
 
Segment Reporting
 
We operate in one reportable segment and use consolidated
net income as its measure of segment profit and loss. Overall, our business involves connecting
life science companies to patients and
providers. We have a common customer base for all of our solutions, which are primarily all communications with
healthcare providers or
 patients on behalf of life science customers. Our customers are geographically located in the U.S, although we have one (1)
technology
 center located internationally. We do not prepare separate internal income statements by solution as our focus is on selling enterprise
arrangements covering multiple solutions that span the entire patient journey with a specific brand.
 
The Company’s chief operating decision maker
(“CODM”) is its Chief Executive Officer. The CODM allocates resources and assesses performance of the
business and other activities
at the operating segment level. The CODM assesses performance for the operating segment and decides how to allocate
resources based on
net income (loss) that is also reported on the Consolidated Statement of Operations as consolidated net income (loss). The measure of
segment assets is reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as total assets.
 
The CODM uses consolidated net income (loss) to
evaluate income generated in deciding whether to reinvest profits into the segment or to use such profits
for other purposes, such as
for acquisitions or share repurchases. Consolidated net income (loss) is used to monitor budget versus actual results. The
CODM also uses
consolidated net income (loss) in competitive analyses by benchmarking to the Company’s competitors. The competitive analysis along
with the monitoring of budget versus actual results are used in assessing performance of the segment, and in establishing management and
 variable
compensation. The CODM also regularly reviews the Consolidated Statement of Operations for segment expenses, of which the significant
expenses are
related to cost of revenues and compensation, including stock-based compensation and other expenses. Since the Company operates
as one reportable
segment, all required segment financial information is found in the consolidated financial statements and notes to the
consolidated financial statements.
 
F-9

 
 
OPTIMIZERx CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024
(in thousands, excepts share and per share
data)
 
Reclassifications
 
Certain items in the previous year financial statements
have been reclassified to match the current year presentation.
 
Foreign Currency
 
The Company’s functional currency is the
U.S. dollar, however it pays certain expenses related to its two foreign subsidiaries in the local currency, which is
the shekel for its
subsidiary in Israel and the euro for its Croatian subsidiary. All transactions are recorded at the exchange rate at the time of payment.
If
there is a time lag between the time of recording the liability and the time of payment, a gain or loss is recorded in the Consolidated
 Statement of
Operations due to any fluctuations in the exchange rate.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
Cash equivalents include items almost as liquid
as cash comprised of investments in AAA rated money market funds that invest in first-tier only securities,
which primarily include domestic
commercial paper and securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies. We account for marketable
equity securities
in accordance with ASC 321-10, “Investments - Equity Securities”, as the shares have a readily determinable fair value quoted
on the
national stock exchange and are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, we have
recorded $8,300 and none,
respectively, of money market funds at approximate fair value.
 
Investments
 
We account for marketable securities in accordance
with ASC 320, “Investments - Debt Securities”, which require that certain debt securities be classified
into one of three
categories: held-to-maturity, available-for-sale, or trading securities, and depending upon the classification, value the security at
amortized
cost or fair market value.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
Fair value is defined as the price that would
be received upon sale of an asset or paid upon transfer of a liability in an orderly transaction between market
participants at the measurement
date and in the principal or most advantageous market for that asset or liability. The fair value should be calculated based
on assumptions
that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, not on assumptions specific to the entity. In addition, the fair
value of
liabilities should include consideration of non-performance risk including our own credit risk.
 
In addition to defining fair value, the disclosure
requirements around fair value establish a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs, which is expanded. The
hierarchy prioritizes the
inputs into three levels based on the extent to which inputs used in measuring fair value are observable in the market. Each fair
value
measurement is reported in one of the three levels, which is determined by the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value
measurement in
its entirety. These levels are:
 
 
Level 1 – Inputs are based upon unadjusted quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.
 
 
 
 
Level 2 – Inputs are based upon significant observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for identical or
similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are
observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
 
 
 
 
Level 3 – Inputs are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing
the asset or liability. The fair values are therefore determined using model-based techniques that include option pricing models, discounted
cash flow models, and similar techniques. The Company’s stock options and warrants are valued using level 3 inputs.
 
F-10

 
 
OPTIMIZERx CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024
(in thousands, excepts share and per share
data)
 
The Company’s carrying amounts of financial instruments
including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and other current
liabilities approximate their fair values
due to their short maturities.
 
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Credit
Losses
 
Accounts receivable are reported at realizable
value, net of allowances for credit losses, which is estimated and recorded in the period the related revenue is
recorded. The Company
does not seek collateral to secure its accounts receivable and amounts billed are generally due within a short period of time based
on
terms and conditions normal for our industry. The Company has a standardized approach to estimate and review the collectability of its
receivables
based on a number of factors, including the period they have been outstanding. Historical collection and payer reimbursement
experience is an integral part
of the estimation process related to allowances for credit losses. In addition, the Company regularly assesses
the state of its billing operations to identify
issues, which may impact the collectability of these receivables or reserve estimates.
If current or expected future economic trends, events, or changes in
circumstances indicate that specific receivable balances may be impaired,
further consideration is given to the collectability of those balances and the
allowance is adjusted accordingly. Past-due receivable
balances are written off when the Company’s collection efforts have been exhausted.
 
The Company’s customers are primarily large
well-capitalized companies, and historically there has been very little bad debt expense. Bad debt expense
was $208 and $666 for the years
ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The allowance for credit losses was $335 and $239 as of December 31,
2024 and
2023, respectively.
 
The changes in the allowance for credit losses
in each of the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, were as follows:
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $
239    $
352 
Bad debt expense
   
208     
666 
Write-offs
   
(112)    
(779)
Balance at end of year
  $
335    $
239 
 
From time to time, we may record revenue based
on our revenue recognition policies described below in advance of being able to invoice the customer.
Included in accounts receivable
are unbilled amounts of $3,241, and $6,077, at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
 
Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment are stated at cost and
are being depreciated over their estimated useful lives of three to five years for office equipment and three
years for computer equipment
using the straight-line method of depreciation for book purposes. Maintenance and repair charges are expensed as incurred.
 
F-11

 
 
OPTIMIZERx CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024
(in thousands, excepts share and per share
data)
 
Leases
 
Lease-related assets, or Operating lease right-of-use
(“ROU”) assets, are recognized at the lease commencement date at amounts equal to the respective
lease liabilities, adjusted
for prepaid lease payments, initial direct costs, and lease incentives received. Lease-related liabilities are recognized at the present
value of the remaining contractual fixed lease payments, discounted using our incremental borrowing rate. The Company reviews all options
to extend,
terminate, or purchase its ROU assets at the commencement of the lease and on an ongoing basis and accounts for these options
when they are reasonably
certain of being exercised.
 
Operating lease expense is recognized on a straight-line
basis over the lease term, while variable lease payments are expensed as incurred.
 
The short-term lease recognition exemption is
applied for leases with terms at commencement of not greater than 12 months.
 
Intangible Assets
 
Intangible assets are stated at cost. Finite-lived
assets are being amortized over their estimated useful lives of fifteen to seventeen years for patents, eight
years for customer relationships,
fifteen years for tradenames, two to four years for covenants not to compete, and three to ten years for software and
websites, all using
the straight-line method. These assets are evaluated when there is a triggering event.
 
Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment
and amortizing intangible assets are reviewed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that
the related carrying amounts
may not be recoverable. Impairment of assets with definite-lives is generally determined by comparing projected undiscounted
cash flows
expected to be generated by the asset, or asset groups, to its carrying value. If the carrying value of the long-lived asset or asset
group is not
recoverable on an undiscounted basis, an impairment is recognized to the extent fair value exceeds carrying value. Determining
the extent of impairment, if
any, typically requires various estimates and assumptions including cash flows directly attributable to
the asset, the useful life of the asset and residual
value, if any. When necessary, the Company uses internal cash flow estimates, quoted
market prices and appraisals, as appropriate, to determine fair value.
Actual results could vary from these estimates. In addition, the
remaining useful life of the impaired asset is revised, if necessary.
 
We recorded impairment charges of $0 and $6,738
 against the value of our intangible assets during the years ended December  31, 2024 and 2023,
respectively.
 
Goodwill
 
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase
price over the fair value assigned to the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets of an acquired
business.
 
Goodwill is assessed for impairment at least annually
as of December 31, of each year, or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that
would reduce the fair value of a reporting
unit below its carrying value.
 
An entity is permitted to first assess qualitative
factors to determine if a quantitative impairment test is necessary. If we choose to use qualitative factors and
determine that it is
more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then the quantitative goodwill impairment
test
would be required. The goodwill impairment test requires the Company to estimate the fair value of the reporting unit and to compare
the fair value of the
reporting unit with its carrying amount.
 
F-12

 
 
OPTIMIZERx CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024
(in thousands, excepts share and per share
data)
 
The fair value of a reporting unit is calculated
 using the income approach (including Discounted Cash Flow (“DCF”)) and validated using a market
approach with the involvement
 of a third-party valuation specialist. The income approach uses expected future cash flows for the reporting unit and
discounts those
cash flows to present value. Expected future cash flows are estimated using management assumptions of growth rates, including long-term
growth rates, capital expenditures and cost efficiencies. The judgments made in determining the expected future cash flows used to estimate
the fair value
can materially impact the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. Future acquisitions or divestitures
are not included in the expected
future cash flows. The Company uses a discount rate based on a calculated weighted average cost of capital
which is adjusted for company specific risk
premiums. The market approach compares the valuation multiples of similar companies to that
 of the associated reporting unit. The Company then
reconciles the calculated fair values to its market capitalization. The fair value
is then compared to its carrying value including goodwill. If the fair value is
in excess of its carrying value, the related goodwill
is not impaired. If the fair value is less than carrying value, an impairment charge is recognized,
equivalent to the amount that the
carrying value exceeds the fair value.
 
We recorded impairment charges of $7,489 and $0
against the value of our goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
Recognition of revenue requires evidence of a
contract, probable collection of proceeds, and completion of substantially all performance obligations. We
use a 5-step model to recognize
revenue. These steps are: identify the contract with a customer, identify the performance obligations in the contract,
determine the transaction
 price, allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, and recognize revenue when or as the
performance
obligations are satisfied.
 
Revenues are primarily generated from content
 delivery activities in which the Company delivers financial, clinical, or brand messaging through a
distribution network of ePrescribers
and electronic health record technology providers (channel partners), directly to consumers, or from reselling services
that complement
the business. This content delivery for a customer is referred to as a program. Unless otherwise specified, revenue is recognized based
on
the selling price to customers.
 
The Company’s contracts are generally all
less than one year and the primary performance obligation is delivery of messages, or our forms of content, but
the contract may contain
additional services. Additional services may include program design, which is the design of the content delivery program, set up,
and
reporting. We consider set up and reporting services to be complimentary to the primary performance obligation and recognized through
performance
of the delivery of content. We consider the design of the programs and related consulting services to be performance obligations
separate from the delivery
of messages. Performance obligations which are recognized at a point in time upon delivery to the client include
the development and delivery of NPI
target data lists and custom analytic and consulting projects. The net contract balance for contracts
in progress at December 31, 2024 and 2023 was $4.3
million and $2.0 million, respectively. The outstanding performance obligations
are expected to be satisfied during the year ended December 31, 2025.
 
In certain circumstances, the Company will offer
sales rebates to customers based on spend volume. Rebates are typically contracted based on a quarterly
or annual spend amount based on
a volume threshold or tiered model. At the beginning of the year, the rebate percentage is estimated based on input from
the sales team
and analysis of prior year sales. Thereafter, the open contract balance for the customer is assessed quarterly to ensure the estimated
rebate
percentage being used for the rebate accrual remains reasonable. The estimated amount of variable consideration will be included
in the transaction price
only to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized
 will not occur when the uncertainty
associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved. For the year ended 2024, there
were two contracts with customers that included a rebate
clause.
 
F-13

 
 
OPTIMIZERx CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024
(in thousands, excepts share and per share
data)
 
As the content is distributed through the platform
 and network of channel partners (a transaction), these transactions are recorded, and revenue is
recognized over time as the distributions
occur. Revenue for transactions can be realized based on a price per message, a price per redemption, as a flat fee
occurring over a period
of time, or upon completion of the program, depending on the client contract. The Company recognizes setup fees that are required
for
integrating client offerings and campaigns into the rule-based content delivery system and network over the life of the initial program,
based either on
time, or units delivered, depending upon which is most appropriate in the specific situation. Should a program be cancelled
before completion, the balance
of set up revenue is recognized at the time of cancellation, as set up fees are nonrefundable. Additionally,
 the Company also recognizes revenue for
providing program performance reporting and maintenance, either by the Company directly delivering
reports or by providing access to its online reporting
portal that the client can utilize. This reporting revenue is recognized over time
as the messages are delivered. Program design, which is the design of the
content delivery program, and related consulting services are
recognized as services are performed.
 
Disaggregation of Revenue
 
Consistent with ASC Topic 606, we have disaggregated
our revenue by timing of revenue recognition. The majority of our revenue is recognized over time
as solutions are provided. A small portion
of our revenue related to program development, NPI data lists, and other solutions is recognized at a point in
time upon delivery to customers.
A break down is set forth in the table below.
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
 
Revenue recognized over time
  $
85,469    $
63,527 
Revenue recognized at a point in time
   
6,658     
7,995 
Total Revenue
  $
92,127    $
71,522 
 
In some instances, we license certain of our software
applications in arrangements that do not include other performance obligations. In those instances, we
record license revenue when the
software is delivered for use to the licensee. In instances where our contracts included Software as a Service, the revenue
is recognized
over the subscription period as services are delivered to the customer.
 
In some instances, the Company also resells messaging
solutions that are available through channel partners that are complementary to the HCP marketing
business and customer base. These partner
specific solutions are frequently similar to our own solutions and revenue recognition for these programs is the
same as described above.
In instances where the Company sells solutions on a commission basis, net revenue is recognized based on the commission-based
revenue
 split that the Company receives. In instances where the Company resells these messaging solutions and has all financial risk and significant
operation input and risk, the Company records the revenue based on the gross amount sold and the amount paid to the channel partner as
a cost of sales.
The amount of revenue recognized on a net basis was $10,999 and $3,471 for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023,
respectively.
 
Cost of Revenues
 
Cost of revenues includes revenue-share expense
and costs associated with licensing data from third parties. Cost of revenues does not include depreciation
and amortization which is
listed separately on the statements of operations. Based on the volume of transactions that are delivered through the channel
partner
network, the Company provides a revenue-share to compensate the partner, or others, for their promotion of the campaign. Revenue-shares
are a
negotiated percentage of the transaction fees and can also be specific to special considerations and campaigns. In addition, we
 pay revenue-share to
ConnectiveRx as a result of a 2014 legal settlement in an amount equal to the greater of 10% of financial messaging
distribution revenues generated
through our integrated network, or $0.37 per financial message distributed through our integrated network.
Data acquisition costs consist primarily of the
costs to acquire data through flat-fee data licensing agreements.
 
F-14

 
 
OPTIMIZERx CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024
(in thousands, excepts share and per share
data)
 
Change in Accounting Estimate
 
In accordance with its policy, the Company periodically
reviews the stand-alone selling prices of its performance obligations under ASC 606 for use in
allocating the contract prices. As a result,
effective April 1, 2024, the Company updated the methodology for determining the value of program design and
consulting services from
the residual method to using an adjusted market assessment approach. The effect of this change in estimate was immaterial to the
results
for the year ended December 31, 2024, but may become material in future periods.
 
Income Taxes
 
Income taxes are computed using the asset and
 liability method. Under the asset and liability method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are
determined based on the differences
between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the currently enacted tax
rates and laws.
A valuation allowance is provided for the amount of deferred tax assets that, based on available evidence, are not expected to be realized.
 
Significant judgments are required in order to
determine the realizability of these deferred tax assets. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, the
Company evaluates all significant
available positive and negative evidence, including historical operating results, estimates of future taxable income and
the existence
of prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. Changes in the expectations regarding the realization of deferred tax assets could materially
impact income tax expense in future periods.
 
The Company recognizes the tax benefit from uncertain
tax positions if it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on examination by
the tax authorities, based on the
technical merits of the position. The tax benefit is measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50%
likelihood of being
realized upon ultimate settlement. It is the Company’s policy to include interest and penalties related to tax positions as a component
of
income tax expense.
 
Concentration of Credit Risks
 
The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents
in bank deposit accounts, which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not
experienced any losses in such accounts;
 however, amounts in excess of the federally insured limit may be at risk if the bank experiences financial
difficulties. As of December 31,
2024 and 2023, the Company had $12,973 and $13,261, respectively, in cash balances in excess of federally insured limits,
primarily at
Bank of America.
 
Research and Development
 
The Company expenses research and development
 expenses as incurred. There was no research and development expense for the years ended
December 31, 2024 and 2023.
 
Advertising Costs
 
The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred.
Advertising costs, included in Other general and administrative expenses were $1,049 and $776, for
the years ended December 31, 2024
and 2023, respectively.
 
Stock-based Compensation
 
The Company uses the fair value method to account
 for stock-based compensation. The fair value of the equity instrument is charged directly to
compensation expense and additional paid-in
capital over the period during which services are rendered. The fair value of each award is estimated on the
date of each grant.
 
F-15

 
 
OPTIMIZERx CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024
(in thousands, excepts share and per share
data)
 
For restricted stock awards, the fair value is
based on the market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. For market based restricted
stock units, the fair
value is estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation model. This valuation technique included estimating the movement of stock prices
and
the effects of volatility, interest rates and dividends. At the year ended December 31, 2024 there are no market based restricted
stock units outstanding.
 
For options, fair value is estimated using the
Black-Scholes option pricing model that uses the following assumptions. Estimated volatilities are based on
the historical volatility
of the Company’s common stock over the same period as the expected term of the options. The expected term of options granted
represents
the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise behavior
and to determine this term. The risk-free rate used is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant using
a time period equal to the
expected option term. The Company has never paid dividends and does not expect to pay any dividends in the
future.
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
 
Expected dividend yield
   
0%   
0%
Risk free interest rate
    3.52% - 4.59%    3.76% - 4.74%
Expected option term
   
3.5 years     
3.5 years 
Turnover/forfeiture rate
   
0%   
0%
Expected volatility
   
66% - 72%   
67% - 72%
Weighted average grant date fair value
  $
2.89    $
6.58 
 
The Black-Scholes option valuation model has limitations
on its effectiveness, including that it was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded
options which have no vesting restrictions
and are fully transferable and it requires the use of highly subjective assumptions, such as expected stock price
volatility. The Company’s
 stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and changes in the subjective input
assumptions
could materially affect the fair value estimate.
 
Loss Per Common and Common Equivalent Share
 
The computation of basic (loss) earnings per common
share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the
year. The computation of diluted (loss) earnings
per common share is based on the basic weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year
plus common stock equivalents, which
would arise from the exercise of options and warrants outstanding using the treasury stock method and the average
market price per share
during the year. The number of common shares potentially issuable upon the exercise of certain awards that were excluded from the
diluted
loss per common share calculation in 2024 and 2023 was 212,798 and 31,727 related to options, and 78,203 and 52,607 related to restricted
stock
units, for a total of 291,001 and 84,334, respectively, because they are anti-dilutive, as a result of the net losses incurred in
each of the years ended
December 31, 2024 and 2023.
 
F-16

 
 
OPTIMIZERx CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024
(in thousands, excepts share and per share
data)
 
The computation of weighted average shares outstanding
and the basic and diluted earnings per common share for the years ended December 31, 2024 and
2023 consisted of the following:
 
 
 
Year ended December 31, 2024
 
 
 
Net (Loss)
   
Shares
   
Per Share
Amount
 
Basic EPS
  $
(20,110)    
18,292,935    $
(1.10)
Effect of dilutive securities
   
—     
—     
— 
Diluted EPS
  $
(20,110)    
18,292,935    $
(1.10)
 
 
 
Year ended December 31, 2023
 
 
 
Net Income
   
Shares
   
Per Share
Amount
 
Basic EPS
  $
(17,566)    
17,124,801    $
(1.03)
Effect of dilutive securities
   
—     
—     
— 
Diluted EPS
  $
(17,566)    
17,124,801    $
(1.03)
 
Recently Issued Accounting Guidance
 
ASU Topic 2021-08 Business Combinations (Topic
805), Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers, which
requires contract assets and contract
liabilities acquired in a business combination to be recognized and measured by the acquirer on the acquisition date in
accordance with
ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, as if it had originated the contracts. The standard was effective for the Company’s
fiscal
year beginning January 1, 2023. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations,
or cash
flows.
 
In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-07
 (“ASU 2023-07”), Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment
Disclosures. ASU 2023-07 requires annual
 and interim disclosures that are expected to improve reportable segment disclosures, primarily through
enhanced disclosures about significant
 segment expenses. The standard was effective for the Company’s fiscal year beginning January 1, 2024. The
requirements of this ASU are
 disclosure-related and the adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on our financial position, results of
operations,
or cash flows.
 
Not Yet Adopted
 
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09
(“ASU 2023-09”), Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures. ASU
2023-09 addresses investor requests
for more transparency about income tax information through improvements to income tax disclosures primarily related
to the rate reconciliation
and income taxes paid information. This update also includes certain other amendments to improve the effectiveness of income tax
disclosures.
The provisions of ASU 2023-09 are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. We are
currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2023-09.
 
F-17

 
 
OPTIMIZERx CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024
(in thousands, excepts share and per share
data)
 
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03
(“ASU 2024-03”), Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income - Expense Disaggregation
Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40).
ASU 2024-03 requires that public business entities disclose additional information about specific expense categories in the
notes to financial
statements at interim and annual reporting periods. The prescribed categories include purchases of inventory, employee compensation,
depreciation,
intangible asset amortization, and depletion. This authoritative guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15,
2026
and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2027, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effect
 of this new
guidance on its consolidated financial statements.
 
NOTE 3 - ACQUISITIONS
 
On October 24, 2023, the Company acquired 100%
 of the issued and outstanding preferred and common stock of Healthy Offers, Inc., a Nevada
corporation d/b/a Medicx Health. Medicx Health
 is a healthcare consumer-focused omnichannel marketing and analytics company. We completed the
acquisition of Medicx Health to enhance
and expand the Company’s technology offerings.
 
The acquisition date fair value of consideration
transferred was calculated as follows:
 
Net cash transferred
  $
83,888 
Fair value of common stock transferred
   
12,091 
Fair value of consideration transferred
  $
95,979 
 
The goodwill balance reflects the benefits associated
with future iterations of the technology platforms, new customer relationships anticipated as a result
of the transaction and market participant
synergies from economies of scale and is not deductible for tax purposes.
 
In addition, the Company is required to remit,
upon collection from the appropriate authorities, approximately $1,000 related to certain state and federal
income tax receivables which
were included on Medicx Health’s balance sheet at the date of acquisition. The Company has recorded $1,000 in Taxes
receivable, to reflect
the receivables due to the Company and $1,000 in Accrued expenses, to reflect the total amount due to the former stockholders of
Medicx
Health.
 
F-18

 
 
OPTIMIZERx CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024
(in thousands, excepts share and per share
data)
 
The following table summarizes the estimated fair
value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:
 
Assets Acquired
   
 
Cash
  $
941 
Accounts receivable
   
6,028 
Taxes receivable
   
1,036 
Prepaid expenses and other
   
913 
Property and equipment
   
33 
Customer relationships intangible
   
34,000 
Trademark and patent intangible
   
5,700 
Technology intangibles
   
8,300 
Operating lease right-of-use assets
   
145 
Deposits
   
10 
 
   
57,106 
Liabilities Assumed
   
  
Accounts payable
   
1,997 
Accrued expenses
   
3,849 
Lease liabilities
   
166 
Deferred revenue
   
75 
Deferred tax liabilities
   
12,033 
 
   
18,120 
Net assets acquired
   
38,986 
Goodwill
   
56,993 
 
   
  
Fair value of consideration transferred
  $
95,979 
 
The Company used a third-party valuation specialist
to value the intangible assets acquired. The identifiable intangibles are being amortized on a straight
line basis over the following
estimated useful lives:
 
Customer relationship intangible
 
15 years
Trademark and patent intangible
 
10 years
Technology intangibles
 
4 to 10 years
 
The Company recognized $4,272 of acquisition related
 costs that were expensed in the current period. These costs are included in the consolidated
statement of operations in the line item
entitled “Other sales, general and administrative expenses.”
 
The results of operations of Medicx Health have
been included in the consolidated statement of operations since the date of acquisition.
 
F-19

 
 
OPTIMIZERx CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024
(in thousands, excepts share and per share
data)
 
The amounts of revenue and net income of Medicx
 Health included in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the period from the
acquisition date until December 31,
2023, are as follows:
 
Revenue
  $
4,546 
Net income
   
314 
 
The following represents the pro-forma consolidated
statement of operations as if Medicx Health had been included in the consolidated results of the
Company for the full years ended December
31, 2023:
 
 
 
Year ended
December 31,  
Pro-forma consolidated statement of operations
 
2023
 
Revenue
  $
97,066 
Net loss
   
(18,616)
 
These amounts have been calculated after applying
 the Company’s accounting policies, adjusting Medicx Health results to reflect the additional
amortization that would have been charged
assuming the fair value adjustments to intangible assets had been applied on January 1, 2023, full year interest
expense associated with
the Term Loan and elimination of interest income on short-term investments that were used to fund the acquisition, one time
transaction
related items, including the amounts incurred by the Company, discussed above and $9,600 in transaction related expenses incurred by Medicx
Health.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company
disposed of its non-core Access business - See Item 8. Financials Statements and Supplementary
Data; Note 7 - Goodwill and Intangible
Assets for additional information regarding this transaction. A pro forma statement of operations for the twelve
months ended December
31, 2024 is not presented for this transaction as the pro forma impacts were not material to the Company’s consolidated results.
 
Revenue presented in the pro forma financial consolidated
statement of operations data above includes $4,169 for the year ended December 31, 2023, to the
Access and other non-core solutions for
which no revenue was recorded in the year ended December 31, 2024 (see also the discussion under Net Revenues
in Results of Operations
for the twelve months ended December 31, 2024 in Part I, Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and
Results of Operations).
 
NOTE 4 - INVESTMENT SECURITIES
 
There were no investment securities held at December 31,
2024 and 2023.
 
F-20

 
 
OPTIMIZERx CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024
(in thousands, excepts share and per share
data)
 
NOTE 5 – PREPAID EXPENSES
 
Prepaid expenses consisted of the following as
of December 31, 2024 and 2023:
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
 
Revenue share and exclusivity payments
  $
1,213    $
1,495 
Software
   
397     
407 
Insurance
   
239     
370 
Data
   
143     
513 
Other
   
387     
405 
Total prepaid expenses
  $
2,379    $
3,190 
 
NOTE 6 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
The Company owned equipment recorded at cost,
which consisted of the following as of December 31, 2024 and 2023:
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
 
Computer equipment
  $
354    $
266 
Furniture and fixtures
   
54     
34 
 
   
408     
300 
Less accumulated depreciation
   
258     
151 
Property and equipment, net
  $
150    $
149 
 
Depreciation expense was $111 and $100 for the
years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
 
NOTE 7 – GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
Goodwill
 
Our goodwill is related to the acquisitions of
Medicx Health in 2023, EvinceMed in 2022, RMDY Health, Inc. in 2019 and CareSpeak Communications in
2018. Goodwill is not amortizable
for financial statement purposes.
 
Goodwill is tested for impairment at a reporting
 segment level at least annually, as of December 31, or on an interim basis if an event occurs or
circumstances change (a “Triggering
Event”).
 
During the third quarter of 2024, the Company
 experienced a Triggering Event due to a sustained decline in its stock price and overall market
capitalization. Accordingly, the Company
conducted a quantitative impairment test of its goodwill at September 30, 2024. The Company estimated the
implied fair value of its goodwill
using a combination of a market approach and income approach. It was determined that the fair value of the Company’s
single reporting
unit was less than its carrying value. A noncash charge of $7,489, representing the amount by which the Company’s book value exceeds
its
estimated fair value, was recorded as a goodwill impairment in the year ended December 31, 2024.
 
F-21

 
 
OPTIMIZERx CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024
(in thousands, excepts share and per share
data)
 
The Company performed the annual goodwill impairment
test as of December 31, 2024. The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test on a
quantitative basis for its single reporting
 unit. In estimating the reporting unit’s fair value, the Company performed a valuation analysis, utilizing a
discounted cash flow
income approach and a guideline public company market approach. We assigned a probability weighting to each approach of 50%.
The determination
of the fair value of the reporting unit requires the Company to make significant estimates and assumptions about the reporting unit’s
expected future cash flows. These estimates and assumptions primarily include, but are not limited to, the discount rate, revenue growth
rates, operating
margins and multiples of earnings. These estimates and assumptions were determined in connection with support from a
third-party valuation specialist.
The discount rate used is based on the estimated weighted-average cost of capital for companies with
profiles similar to our profile and based on an
assessment of the risk inherent in those future cash flows. To forecast the reporting
unit’s cash flows, the Company takes into consideration economic
conditions and trends, historical results and recent performance,
estimated future operating results, management’s and a market participant’s view of growth
rates, management’s ability
to execute on planned future strategic initiatives and anticipates future economic conditions. Macroeconomic factors such as
changes
in economies, changes in the competitive landscape, changes in government legislation, industry consolidations and other changes beyond
the
Company’s control could have a positive or negative impact on achieving its targets. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved
in making these estimates,
actual results could differ from those estimates. In addition, changes in underlying assumptions, especially
as they relate to the key assumptions detailed,
could have a significant impact on the fair value of the reporting unit. The market approach
compares the valuation multiples of similar companies to that
of the associated reporting unit. The Company then reconciles the calculated
 fair values to its market capitalization. After completing testing, it was
determined that the fair value of the Company’s single reporting
unit was exactly equal to its carrying value and no further impairment to goodwill was
recorded for the year ended December 31, 2024.
Any amount of negative change to the above disclosed key assumptions could result in future impairment
to goodwill.
 
The fair value of any reporting units, used in
 the annual assessments in 2024 and 2023, is classified as Level 3 measurements within the fair value
hierarchy due to significant unobservable
inputs, such as discount rates, projections of revenue, cost of revenue and operating expense growth rates, long-
term growth rates and
income tax rates.
 
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill on
the consolidated balance sheet consist of the following:
 
Balance January 1, 2023
  $
22,674 
Acquisitions
   
56,993 
Disposal of business
   
(1,310)
Impairments
   
— 
Balance January 1, 2024
  $
78,357 
Acquisitions
   
— 
Impairments
   
(7,488)
Balance December 31, 2024
  $
70,869 
 
During the year ended December 31, 2023, we entered
into various agreements, including a Product License Agreement and Platform Assets Purchase
Agreement, with Mercalis, Inc.(“Mercalis”),
 collectively the “Transaction”. Under the terms of the Transaction, Mercalis agreed to purchase certain
customer contract
 assets and liabilities related to the Company’s Access and Patient Engagement technologies. In addition, Mercalis was granted a
perpetual
license to the Access products and a non-exclusive two-year term license to the Patient Engagement products. Total consideration due for
the
Transaction was $3,740 including $2,540 related to the Access products.
 
F-22

 
 
OPTIMIZERx CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024
(in thousands, excepts share and per share
data)
 
The Access products portion of the Transaction
 was deemed to be the disposal of a business for accounting purposes and accordingly the Company
recorded a loss on disposal of $2,142
including the allocation of a portion of the Company’s goodwill balance of $1,310 and the net book value of the
underlying technology
assets of $3,328.
 
Intangible Assets
 
Intangible assets included on the consolidated
balance sheets consist of the following:
 
 
 
December 31, 2024
     
 
 
 
Gross 
Carrying 
Amount
   
Accumulated 
Amortization    
Net
   
Weighted 
Average Life 
Remaining
 
Patent rights
  $
7,164    $
1,647    $
5,517     
7.7 
Technology assets
   
9,711     
1,531     
8,180     
7.5 
Other intangible assets
   
      
      
      
  
Tradename
   
134     
12     
122     
9.7 
Non-compete agreements
   
1,093     
1,093     
—     
— 
Customer relationships
   
34,923     
3,226     
31,697     
13.6 
Total other
   
36,150     
4,331     
31,819     
  
Total intangible assets
  $
53,025    $
7,509    $
45,516     
  
 
 
 
December 31, 2023
     
 
 
 
Gross 
Carrying 
Amount
   
Accumulated 
Amortization    
Net
   
Weighted 
Average Life 
Remaining
 
Patent rights
  $
7,164    $
979    $
6,185     
8.8 
Technology assets
   
12,388     
3,375     
9,013     
6.6 
Other intangible assets
   
      
      
      
  
Tradename
   
134     
—     
134     
10.7 
Non-compete agreements
   
1,093     
1,093     
—     
— 
Customer relationships
   
34,923     
859     
34,064     
14.6 
Total other
   
36,150     
1,952     
34,198     
  
Total intangible assets
  $
55,702    $
6,306    $
49,396     
  
 
F-23

 
 
OPTIMIZERx CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024
(in thousands, excepts share and per share
data)
 
During the year ended December 31, 2023,
we recorded asset impairment charges of $6,738 relating to Technology assets patent rights and tradenames that
were not considered to
be core solutions on a go forward basis, resulting in lower projected revenues for these solutions, as well as the outcome of the
disposal
of the Access products discussed above.
 
Intangibles are being amortized on a straight-line
basis over the following estimated useful lives.
 
Patents
 
15 – 17 years
Tradenames
 
15 years
Non-compete agreements
 
2 – 4 years
Customer relationships
 
8 years
Technology assets
 
3 – 10 years
 
The Company recorded amortization expense of $4,218
 and $2,302 in the years ended December  31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Expected future
amortization expense of the intangibles assets
as of December 31, 2024 is as follows:
 
Year ended December 31,
   
 
2025
  $
4,258 
2026
   
4,203 
2027
   
3,906 
2028
   
3,787 
2029
   
3,787 
Thereafter
   
25,575 
Total
  $
45,516 
 
NOTE 8 – DEFERRED REVENUE
 
The Company has several signed contracts with
customers for the distribution of financial messaging, or other services, which include payment in advance.
The payments are not recorded
as revenue until the revenue is earned under its revenue recognition policy discussed in Note 2. Deferred revenue was $473
and $172 as
of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. These contracts are all short term in nature and all revenue is expected to be recognized
within
12 months, or less. Following is a summary of activity in the deferred revenue account for the year ended December 31, 2024.
 
Balance January 1, 2024
  $
172 
Revenue recognized
   
(18,204)
Amount collected
   
18,505 
Balance December 31, 2024
  $
473 
 
F-24

 
 
OPTIMIZERx CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024
(in thousands, excepts share and per share
data)
 
Following is a summary of activity in the deferred
revenue account for the year ended December 31, 2023.
 
Balance January 1, 2023
  $
164 
Revenue recognized
   
(12,359)
Amount collected
   
12,291 
Amount acquired
   
76 
Balance December 31, 2023
  $
172 
 
NOTE 9 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company
acquired the technical contributions and assignment of all exclusive rights to and for a key patent
in process at the time from a former
Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), in exchange for a total payment in shares of common stock and options valued at
$930 at the
time of the acquisition and recorded the patent at that cost. That patent remains in Patents on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31,
2024.
 
Jim Lang, one of our Board Members, is the CEO
of Eversana, a leading global provider of services to the life sciences industry. Eversana is similar to
other customers we generate revenue
from, such as agencies or resellers. During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, we have recognized $375
and $336, respectively,
in revenue from contracts engaged with Eversana. These contracts were sourced by Eversana on behalf of life science customers of
theirs.
The contracts are at market rates and were generated in the normal course of business.
 
William J. Febbo, former Chief Executive Officer
of OptimizeRx was appointed to LifeMD’s board of directors during Q2 2023. During the year ended
December 31, 2024, there was revenue
in the amount of $434 from contracts engaged with LifeMD. The contracts were sourced by LifeMD on behalf of
their customers and are at
market rates and generated in the normal course of business.
 
NOTE 10 – STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
Preferred Stock
 
The Company had 10,000,000 shares of preferred
 stock, $0.001 par value per share, authorized as of December  31, 2024. No shares were issued or
outstanding in either 2023 or 2024.
 
Common Stock
 
The Company had 166,666,667 shares of common stock,
$0.001 par value per share, authorized as of December 31, 2024. There were 18,453,300 and
18,158,282 shares of common stock outstanding,
net of shares held in treasury, at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
 
The Company issued 0 shares of common stock and
received proceeds of $0 in 2024 in connection with the exercise of options under our 2013 Equity
Incentive Plan. We issued 24,668 shares
of common stock and received proceeds of $181 in 2023 in connection with the exercise of options under our 2013
Equity Incentive Plan.
 
The Company issued 295,018 shares of common stock
in 2024 and 141,859 shares of common stock in 2023 in connection with the vesting of restricted
stock units under our 2013 and 2021 Equity
Incentive Plans. See Note 11, Stock Based Compensation. Some of the participants utilized a net withhold
settlement method, in which shares
 were surrendered to cover payroll withholding taxes. Of the shares issued to participants during the year ended
December 31, 2024
and 2023, respectively, 101,381 and 42,489 shares, valued at $911 and $459, were surrendered and subsequently cancelled.
 
Treasury Stock
 
During the quarter ended March 31, 2023, the
Board authorized a share repurchase program, under which the Company could repurchase up to $15 million
of its outstanding common
stock. This stock repurchase authorization expired on March 12, 2024. There were no shares repurchased
in 2024 prior to the
expiration.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2023,
the Company repurchased 526,999 shares of our common stock for a total of $7,522, including commissions
paid on repurchases. The repurchased
shares were recorded as Treasury Shares using the par value method.
 
F-25

 
 
OPTIMIZERx CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024
(in thousands, excepts share and per share
data)
 
NOTE 11 – STOCK BASED COMPENSATION
 
The Company sponsors two stock-based incentive
compensation plans.
 
The first plan is known as the 2013 Incentive
Plan (the “2013 Plan”) and was established by the Board of Directors of the Company in June 2013. The 2013
Plan, as amended,
authorized the issuance of 3,000,000 shares of Company common stock. The amended plan was approved by shareholders. A total of
234,512
 shares of common stock underlying options and 8,000 shares of common stock underlying restricted stock unit awards were outstanding at
December 31, 2024. In connection with the adoption of a new plan in 2021, the Company froze the 2013 Plan. At December 31, 2024,
there were no shares
available for grant under the 2013 Plan.
 
In 2021, the Company adopted a new plan known
as the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (“2021 Plan”). The plan was established by the Board of Directors and
approved by shareholders
 in August 2021. On June 5, 2024, at the 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, the Company’s stockholders approved an
amendment to the 2021
Equity Incentive Plan to increase the number of shares of common stock available for awards under the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan
by 1,950,000
shares for a total of 4,450,000 shares. A total of 1,611,338 shares of common stock underlying options and 686,326 shares of common stock
underlying restricted stock unit awards were outstanding at December 31, 2024. At December 31, 2024, 1,161,064 shares were available
for grant under the
2021 Plan.
 
The 2021 Plan allows the Company to grant incentive
stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock
units, performance awards and
other stock-based awards. Incentive stock options may only be granted to persons who are regular full-time employees of
the Company at
the date of the grant of the option. Non-qualified options may be granted to any person, including, but not limited to, directors, officers,
employees and consultants, who the Company’s Board or Compensation Committee determines. The exercise price of options granted under
the 2021 Plan
must be equal to at least 100% of the fair market value of our common stock as of the date of the grant of the option. Options
granted under the 2021 Plan
are exercisable as determined by the Compensation Committee and specified in the applicable award agreement.
In no event will an option be exercisable
after ten years from the date of grant.
 
Stock Options
 
The compensation cost that has been charged against
income related to options for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, was $4,783 and $5,925,
respectively. No income tax benefit
was recognized in the consolidated statements of income and no compensation was capitalized in any of the years
presented. During the
year ended December 31, 2024, we granted certain performance based options, the expense for which will be recorded over time
once
the achievement of the performance is deemed probable. There was no expense related to these options recorded during the period. The fair
value of
these instruments was calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.
 
During 2022,
the Company granted certain performance-based stock options, the expense for which will be recorded over time once the achievement of
the
performance is deemed probable. There was $25 in expense related to these options recorded during the year ended December 31,
2024.
 
The Company had the following option activity
during the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023:
 
 
 
Number of
Options
   
Weighted 
average 
exercise price    
Weighted 
average 
remaining
contractual 
life (years)
   
Aggregate
intrinsic 
value $
 
Outstanding at January 1, 2023
   
1,306,870    $
31.14     
           
        
Granted
   
426,703    $
12.50     
      
  
Exercised
   
(24,668)   $
7.34     
      
  
Expired or forfeited
   
(153,844)   $
30.70     
      
  
Outstanding at December 31, 2023
   
1,555,061    $
26.38     
3.4    $
1,046 
Granted
   
716,297    $
5.56     
      
  
Exercised
   
—    $
—     
      
  
Expired or forfeited
   
(425,508)   $
26.31     
      
  
Outstanding, December 31, 2024
   
1,845,850    $
18.32     
3.4    $
10 
Exercisable, December 31, 2024
   
813,397    $
30.55     
2.2    $
— 
 
F-26

 
 
OPTIMIZERx CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024
(in thousands, excepts share and per share
data)
 
The table below reflects information for the total options outstanding
at December 31, 2024
 
Range of Exercise Prices
 
Number of
Options
   
Weighted
average 
remaining
contractual
life (years)
   
Weighted 
average 
exercise price  
$4.83 to $10.00
   
780,600     
4.7    $
5.62 
$10.00 to $20.00
   
674,374     
3.0    $
14.31 
$20.00 to $40.00
   
105,718     
1.2    $
31.82 
$40.00 to $60.00
   
185,957     
1.6    $
48.04 
$60.00 to $96.70
   
99,201     
1.7    $
75.42 
Total
   
1,845,850     
3.4    $
18.32 
 
The table below reflects information for the vested options outstanding
at December 31, 2024.
 
Range of Exercise Prices
 
Number of 
Options
   
Weighted 
average 
remaining
contractual 
life (years)
   
Weighted 
average 
exercise price  
$4.83 to $10.00
   
47,761     
2.8    $
7.82 
$10.00 to $20.00
   
403,878     
2.8    $
14.59 
$20.00 to $40.00
   
98,591     
1.2    $
31.90 
$40.00 to $60.00
   
165,345     
1.5    $
48.64 
$60.00 to $96.70
   
97,822     
1.7    $
75.59 
Total
   
813,397     
2.2    $
30.55 
 
A summary of the status of the Company’s non-vested options as
of December 31, 2024, and changes during the year ended December 31, 2024, is
presented below.
 
Nonvested Options
 
Options
   
Weighted
average
exercise price  
Nonvested at January 1, 2024
   
968,787    $
22.03 
Granted
   
716,297    $
5.56 
Vested
   
(417,740)   $
13.46 
Forfeited
   
(234,981)   $
21.80 
Nonvested at December 31, 2024
   
1,032,363    $
8.69 
 
There is $3,651 of expense remaining to be recognized
over a period of approximately 2.1 years related to options outstanding at December 31, 2024.
 
F-27

 
 
OPTIMIZERx CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024
(in thousands, excepts share and per share
data)
 
Restricted Stock Units
 
The Company had the following restricted stock
unit (“RSU”) activity during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023:
 
 
 
Number of 
RSUs
   
Weighted
average 
grant date 
fair value
   
Weighted 
average 
remaining
contractual 
life (years)
 
Outstanding at January 1, 2023
   
789,074    $
36.95     
        
Granted
   
383,406    $
12.30     
  
Forfeited
   
(244,923)   $
58.18     
  
Vested and issued
   
(141,859)   $
31.38     
  
Withheld and cancelled
   
(42,489)   $
32.47     
  
Outstanding at December 31, 2023
   
743,209    $
18.62     
1.7
 
Granted
   
545,772    $
7.56     
  
Forfeited
   
(198,256)   $
17.76     
  
Vested and issued
   
(295,018)   $
17.84     
  
Withheld and cancelled
   
(101,381)   $
18.03     
  
Outstanding at December 31, 2024
   
694,326    $
10.62     
2.1
 
 
 
The Company granted restricted stock units of
545,772 and 383,406 units in 2024 and 2023, respectively, and valued at $4,128 and $4,715, respectively.
These restricted stock units
vest over a period of 1 year to 5 years. The Company recognized expense of $6,683 and $7,792 in 2024 and 2023, respectively,
related to
these restricted stock units. A total of $5,260 remains to be recognized at December 31, 2024 over a period of 1.88 years.
 
In the year ended December 31, 2024, certain
participants utilized a net withhold settlement method, in which shares were surrendered to cover payroll
withholding tax. Of the shares
issued to participants during the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, 101,381 and 42,489 shares, valued at
$911
and $459, were surrendered and subsequently cancelled.
 
During 2022,
 the Company granted certain performance-based restricted stock units, the expense for which will be recorded over time once the
achievement
of the performance is deemed probable. There was $25 in expense related to these restricted stock units recorded during the year
 ended
December 31, 2024.
 
Non-employee Directors Compensation
 
The director’s compensation program calls for
the grant of restricted stock units with a one-year vesting period. The Company granted 50,305 restricted
stock units, valued at $750
granted to the non-employee directors in 2023. These restricted stock units vested in 2024. The Company granted 64,896
restricted stock
units, valued at $750 granted to the non-employee directors in 2024 that will vest in 2025, 12 months from the grant dates.
 
Equity Award Modification
 
On April 16, 2023, the Compensation Committee
approved a grant to the Company’s then CEO of 86,685 restricted stock units and 161,698 stock options
with a grant date fair value of
$2,500 to vest over a three year period. Concurrently, the then CEO forfeited his October 2021 grant of 182,398 market-
based restricted
stock units. The forfeiture and accompanying grant was considered an equity modification according to ASC 718, Compensation-Stock
Compensation
(“ASC 718”). The additional compensation value created by the termination and issuance of new equity awarded, as measured
using a
Monte Carlo simulation, was approximately $1,900 in total. Under ASC 718 this results in a non-cash expense in current and future
 periods to be
recognized over a three-year period. These expense values are reflected and included in the option and restricted stock
expense values discussed above. At
December 31, 2024 the remaining expense of $1,556 related to the October 2021 grant of market-based
restricted stock units was accelerated upon the
departure of the CEO. The expense for unvested stock-options and restricted stock units
related to the April 2023 grant was reversed.
 
F-28

 
 
OPTIMIZERx CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024
(in thousands, excepts share and per share
data)
 
NOTE 12 – LONG-TERM DEBT
 
Long-term debt consisted of the following at December 31,
2024 and 2023:
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
 
Term loan, due in 2027
  $
34,290    $
38,290 
Less: current portion of long-term debt
   
(2,000)    
(2,000)
Less: unamortized issuance costs
   
(1,474)    
(2,059)
Long-term debt, net
  $
30,816    $
34,231 
 
On October 11, 2023, the Company entered into
a Financing Agreement (the “Financing Agreement”) which provided for a term loan (the “Term Loan”) of
$40 million,
the net proceeds of which were used to partially finance the Medicx Health transaction described in Note 3 “Acquisitions”.
In connection with
the Term Loan the Company incurred issuance costs of approximately $2,270, which were capitalized and are being amortized
to interest expense over the
life of the Term Loan. Amortization of debt issuance costs for the year ended December 31, 2024 and
December 31, 2023 was $835 and $211, respectively.
 
The Company’s obligations under the Term Loan
are secured by all of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ assets (including a pledge of all of the capital
stock and equity interests
of its subsidiaries).
 
The Term Loan is repayable in quarterly installments
on the last business day of each fiscal quarter, beginning December 31, 2023, in an amount equivalent
to 1.25%, of the original principal
amount. The outstanding unpaid principal amount and all accrued but unpaid interest thereon, shall be due and payable
on the earlier of
(i) the fourth anniversary of the closing date of the Term Loan or (ii) the date on which the Term Loan is declared due and payable
pursuant
to the terms of the Financing.
 
The Company may prepay, subject to an Applicable
Premium, 3% if the prepayment is made on a date that is up to and including the first anniversary of
closing, 2%, if the prepayment is
made up to and including the second anniversary, 1% if the prepayment is made up to and including the third anniversary
and zero thereafter,
all or a portion of the Term Loan and, under certain circumstances, including certain asset disposals and the raising of indebtedness
not
permitted under the Term Loan is required to make mandatory prepayments of the principal balance. If the prepayment occurs within
12 months of the date
of the loan, the Company is also required to pay lost interest from the prepayment date to one year from the loan
funding date.
 
In addition, the Company is required to make a
mandatory prepayment on March 31, of each year, commencing with 2025, equivalent to Excess Cash Flow
multiplied by a percentage factor
of 25%, if the leverage ratio is 3.60 to 1.00 or less, 50% if the leverage ratio is greater than 3.60 to 1 or less than or equal;
to 4.10
to 1.00 and 75%, if the leverage ratio is greater than 4.10 to 1.00. Excess Cash Flow is defined in the Financing Agreement as Consolidated
EBITDA for the previous fiscal year less scheduled principal and interest payments, capital expenditure, cash taxes and any cash expenses/gains
added
back to net income in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA, adjusted for any increase/decrease in working capital during the fiscal
year.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2024,
the Company made total principal repayments of $4.0 million, including a voluntary prepayment of $2.0
million. During the year ended December 31,
2023, the Company made total principal repayments of $1.7 million, including a mandatory prepayment of
$1.2 million as a result of an
asset sale completed during the year.
 
At the Company’s option the Term Loan, or
any portion thereof bears interest at either:
 
a.
The greater of (a) 4.00% per annum, (b) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50% per annum, (c) the one month
Secured Overnight Financing Rate
(“SOFR”), plus an adjustment of 26.161 basis point and 1.00% per annum, and (d) the rate
last quoted by The Wall Street Journal as the “Prime
Rate”, plus an Applicable Margin of 7.5%; or
 
b.
Three-month SOFR plus an adjustment of 26.161 basis points and an Applicable Margin of 8.5%
 
As of December 31, 2024, the Loan bears interest
at 13.3% per annum, with the effective interest rate for the year ended December 31, 2024, including the
amortization of debt issuance
 costs and Applicable Premium and interest penalties of $66,804 associated with the prepayment during the year ended
December 31,
2024 was 16.5%.
 
F-29

 
 
OPTIMIZERx CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024
(in thousands, excepts share and per share
data)
 
The Term Loan requires the Company to maintain
certain maximum leverage ratios and Liquidity (as defined in the Financing Agreement), of at least $5.0
million.
 
The Company was in compliance with its financial
covenants as of December 31, 2024.
 
The Term Loan contains customary events of default,
which include, (subject to, in certain circumstances to grace and cure periods), non-payment of
principal and interest, non-compliance
with certain covenants, commencement of bankruptcy proceedings and a change in control.
 
Payments due on the Term Loan in each of the next
three years subsequent to December 31, 2024, are as follows:
 
For the year ending December 31,
   
 
2025
   
2,000 
2026
   
2,000 
2027
   
30,290 
 
  $
34,290 
 
NOTE 13 – LEASES
 
In February 2016, the FASB issued new accounting
guidance on leases. The accounting standard, effective January 1, 2019, requires virtually all leases to
be recognized on the balance
sheet. Under the guidance, we have elected not to separate lease and non-lease components in recognition of the lease-related
assets and
liabilities, as well as the related lease expense.
 
We had operating leases with terms greater than
12 months for office space in four multi-tenant facilities, which are recorded as ROU assets and Operating
lease liabilities.
 
For the years ended December 31, 2024 and
2023, the Company’s lease cost consisted of the following components, each of which is included in operating
expenses within the
Company’s consolidated statements of operations:
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
 
 
   
     
 
Operating lease cost
  $
248    $
96 
Short-term lease cost (1)
   
2     
39 
Total lease cost
  $
250    $
135 
 
(1) Short-term lease cost includes
any lease with a term of less than 12 months.
 
The table below presents the future minimum lease
payments to be made under operating leases as of December 31, 2024:
 
For the year ending December 31,
   
 
2025
  $
188 
2026
   
115 
2027
   
67 
2028
   
45 
2029
   
— 
Total
   
415 
Less: present value discount
   
38 
Total lease liabilities
  $
377 
 
F-30

 
 
OPTIMIZERx CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024
(in thousands, excepts share and per share
data)
 
The weighted average remaining lease term for
operating leases is 2.65 and the weighted average discount rate used in calculating the operating lease asset
and liability is 7.1%. Cash
paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities was $227. For the year ended December 31, 2024, payments on
lease
obligations were $260 and amortization on the right of use assets was $237. For the year ended December 31, 2023, payments on lease
obligations
were $91 and amortization on the right of use assets was $95.
 
NOTE 14 – MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND VENDORS
 
The Company had the following customers that accounted
for 10% or greater of revenue in either 2024 or 2023. No other customers accounted for more
than 10% of revenue in either year presented.
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
 
 
 
$
   
%
   
$
   
%
 
Customer A
   
15,556     
16.9     
5,825     
8.1 
Customer B
   
12,760     
13.9     
10,275     
14.4 
 
Our accounts receivable included three agencies,
that represented multiple customers, that individually made up more than 10% of our accounts receivable
at December 31, 2024 in the
percentages of 32.0%, 21.1% and 11.2%. As of December 31, 2023, our accounts receivable included two agencies, that
represented multiple
customers, that individually made up more than 10% of our accounts receivable in the percentages of 28.3% and 14.1%.
 
The Company generates a portion of its revenues
through its EHR and eRx channel partners. There were three key channel partners and/or vendors through
which 10% or greater of its revenue
was generated in either 2024 or 2023 as set forth below. The amounts in the table below reflect the amount of revenue
generated through
those channel partners.
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
 
 
 
$
   
%
   
$
   
%
 
Partner A
   
26,815     
29.1     
26,035     
36.4 
Partner B
   
25,978     
28.2     
13,955     
19.5 
Partner C
   
10,999     
11.9     
*     
* 
 
*
Less than 10% of revenue
 
NOTE 15 – INCOME TAXES
 
As of December 31, 2024, the Company had
net operating loss (“NOLs”) carry-forwards for federal income tax purposes of approximately $11.6 million,
consisting of post-2017
losses that will never expire. These net operating losses are available to offset future taxable income. The Company was formed in
2008
as a Nevada Corporation. Activity prior to incorporation is not reflected in the Company’s corporate tax returns. In the future,
the cumulative net
operating loss carry-forward for income tax purposes may differ from the cumulative financial statement loss due to
timing differences between book and
tax reporting.
 
F-31

 
 
OPTIMIZERx CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024
(in thousands, excepts share and per share
data)
 
The provision for Federal income tax consists
of the following for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023:
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
 
Federal income tax benefit (expense) attributable to:
   
     
 
Current operations
  $
4,071    $
5,284 
State tax effect, net of federal benefit
   
696     
569 
Option exercise benefits (expenses), net of Section 162M limitations
   
(480)    
(476)
Transaction costs
   
—     
(360)
Goodwill impairment
   
(1,413)    
— 
Stock compensation
   
(2,531)    
(2,624)
Other adjustments
   
(204)    
45 
Valuation allowance
   
(864)    
5,160 
Income tax (expense) benefit
  $
(725)   $
7,598 
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
 
 
   
     
 
Current tax benefit (expense) - Federal
  $
(258)   $
— 
Current tax benefit (expense) - State
   
(314)    
(97)
Total current (expense)
   
(572)    
(97)
Deferred tax (expense) benefit - Federal
   
(96)    
6,489 
Deferred tax (expense) benefit - State
   
(57)    
1,206 
Total deferred (expense) benefit
   
(153)    
7,695 
Income tax (expense) benefit
  $
(725)   $
7,598 
 
The cumulative tax effect of significant items
comprising our net deferred tax amount at the expected rate of 21% is as follows as of December 31, 2024
and 2023:
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
 
Deferred tax assets attributable to:
   
     
 
Net operating loss carryover
  $
3,304    $
4,864 
Stock compensation
   
3,121     
3,744 
Operating lease liability
   
105     
115 
Section 174 capitalized expenses
   
3,091     
2,533 
Tax credits
   
355     
361 
Goodwill
   
171     
103 
Section 163 (J) interest limitation
   
967     
— 
Other
   
559     
— 
Deferred tax assets
  $
11,673    $
11,720 
 
   
      
  
Deferred tax liabilities attributable to:
   
      
  
Intangibles
  $
(11,760)   $
(12,393)
Operating lease right-of-use assets
   
(102)    
(110)
Other
   
(82)    
(198)
Deferred tax liabilities
   
(11,944)    
(12,701)
Net deferred tax (liability) asset
  $
(271)   $
(981)
Valuation allowance
   
(4,220)    
(3,356)
Net deferred tax liabilities
  $
(4,491)   $
(4,337)
 
F-32

 
 
OPTIMIZERx CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2024
(in thousands, excepts share and per share
data)
 
The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets
is dependent upon the Company’s ability to generate sufficient taxable income during the periods in which
the net operating losses
expire and the temporary differences become deductible. The Company has determined that there is significant uncertainty that the
results
of future operations and the reversals of existing taxable temporary differences will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the
deferred tax
assets; therefore, a valuation allowance has been recorded. In making this determination, the Company considered historical
levels of income, projections
for future periods, and the significant amount of tax deductions to be generated from the future exercise
of stock options.
 
The tax years 2021 to 2024 remain open for potential
audit by the Internal Revenue Service. There are no uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2023
or December 31, 2024, and
none are expected in the next 12 months. The Company’s foreign subsidiaries are cost centers that are primarily reimbursed for
expenses,
as a result they generate an immaterial amount of income or loss. Pretax book income (loss) is all from domestic operations. Up to four
years of
returns remain open for potential audit in foreign jurisdictions, however any audits for periods prior to ownership by the Company
are the responsibility of
the previous owners.
 
Under certain circumstances issuance of common
shares can result in an ownership change under Internal Revenue Code Section 382, which limits the
Company’s ability to utilize
 carry-forwards from prior to the ownership change. Any such ownership change resulting from stock issuances and
redemptions could limit
the Company’s ability to utilize any net operating loss carry-forwards or credits generated before this change in ownership. These
limitations can limit both the timing of usage of these laws, as well as the loss of the ability to use these net operating losses. The
Company had an
ownership change as described in IRC Section 382 on March 18, 2014. The Company NOL’s generated up until March 18, 2014
have been fully released.
 
NOTE 16 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
 
Legal
 
From time to time, the Company may become involved
in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. We
are
currently not a party to any material legal or administrative proceedings, and we are not aware of any pending or threatened material
legal or administrative
proceedings against us.
 
Commitments
 
From time to time, the Company enters into arrangements
with channel partners to acquire minimum amounts of media, data or messaging capabilities. As
of December 31, 2024, the Company had
commitments with channel partners for future minimum payments of $19,737 that will be reflected in cost of
revenues during the years from
2025 through 2029. Minimum payments are due in 2025, 2026 and 2027 in the amounts of $14,396, $3,716 and $1,625,
respectively.
 
NOTE 17 – RETIREMENT PLAN
 
The Company sponsors a defined contribution 401(k)
profit sharing plan which was adopted in December 2015, effective in January 2016. Under the terms
of the plan, the Company matches 100%
of the first 3% of payroll contributed by the employee and 50% of the next 2% of payroll contributed by the
employee to a maximum of 4%
of an employee’s payroll. There was expense of $837 and $727 recorded in 2024 and 2023, respectively, for the Company’s
contributions
to the plan.
 
NOTE 18 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
None.
 
F-33

 
 
Item 9. Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants
on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
 
None.
 
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.
 
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures
designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in reports filed or
submitted under the Exchange Act
is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange
Commission’s rules
and forms and accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer,
or persons
performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.
 
Our management, with the participation of our
Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation, as of the end of the
period covered by this report,
of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e). Based
on this
evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this
report, due
to a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined
in Rule 13a-15(e), were not
effective at the reasonable assurance level.
 
To address
the material weakness referenced above, the Company performed additional analyses and other procedures to prepare the audited consolidated
financial statements in accordance with GAAP. Accordingly, management believes that the consolidated financial statements included in
 this Annual
Report on Form 10-K fairly present, in all material respects, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows
for the periods presented.
 
On October 24, 2023, we
completed our acquisition of Medicx Health. We have evaluated the existing controls and procedures of Medicx Health and
integrated Medicx
Health into our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024. Refer to Part II, Item 8. Financials Statements and
Supplementary Data; Note 3 – Acquisitions for additional information.
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control
Over Financial Reporting.
 
The Company’s management is responsible
for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Exchange Act
Rule 13a-15(f). Internal
control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United
 States of
America. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
 
●
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable
detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
Company;
 
●
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded
as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts
and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the Company; and
 
●
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that
could have a material effect on the financial
statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, any system
 of internal control over financial reporting, no matter how well defined, may not prevent or detect
misstatements. Also, projections of
any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of
changes in conditions,
or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. The Company’s management, with the participation
of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over
financial reporting as of
December 31, 2024. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013). Based on this assessment
using those criteria, management identified the
following material weakness existed as of December 31, 2024: inadequate controls to ensure
that data received from third-party service organizations is
complete and accurate. As a result, based on the COSO criteria, the Company’s
management has concluded that we did not maintain effective internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024.
 
32

 
 
Ongoing Remediation of Previously Identified Material Weakness
 
As previously
disclosed, a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting was identified which related to controls to ensure
that data
received from third-party service organizations were complete and accurate.
 
Management, with oversight from the Audit Committee
 of our Board of Directors, is committed to remediating the material weakness that has been
identified and maintaining an effective system
of disclosure controls and procedures. These remediation efforts, summarized below, are intended to both
address the identified material
weakness and to enhance our overall financial control environment. Management is in the process of fully implementing
process and control
improvements to address the above material weakness identified in 2023 as follows:
 
a.
The Company requires each third-party service organization to provide to us, at least annually, a SOC-1
Type 2 report, with adequate controls to
ensure the data we receive are complete and accurate. We rely upon a SOC-1 Type 2 report from
the service organizations attesting to the vendor’s
internal controls.
 
b.
If a SOC-1 Type 2 report is not available, the Company evaluates each third-party’s relevant system(s)
and control environment reporting directly
through inquiry and substantive testing of such third-party’s control environment to
ensure the data we receive are complete and accurate.
 
c.
If we are unable to obtain a valid SOC-1 Type 2 report or perform substantive testing of such third-party’s
control environment, the Company
implements a thirty-party qualification and program triaging process, which could include modifying customer
contracts, limiting the volume of
activity with those third-parties, and establishing other controls to ensure the completeness and accuracy
of information received from those third-
parties, such as performing tagging procedures where possible.
 
To further execute on its remediation efforts
of the material weakness, management took the following additional steps:
 
d.
Hired a Senior Vice President of internal controls and engaged a third-party consulting firm.
 
e.
Developed a framework to assess whether data received from third-party service organizations were complete and accurate.
 
The material weakness will be considered remediated
when management concludes that, through testing, the applicable remedial controls are designed and
implemented effectively.
 
When fully implemented and operational, we believe
the measures described above will remediate the material weakness we have identified and strengthen
our internal control over financial
reporting. This material weakness will not be considered remediated until the newly implemented internal controls
operate for a sufficient
period of time and management has concluded, through testing, that these internal controls are operating effectively. We are working
to
have the material weakness remediated as soon as possible.
 
We are committed to continuing to improve our
internal control processes and will continue to review and assess our financial reporting controls and
procedures on an ongoing basis.
As we continue to evaluate and improve our internal control over financial reporting, our management may determine
whether it is appropriate
or necessary to take additional measures.
 
Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial
Reporting.
 
Other than the changes in connection with our
implementation of the material weakness remediation plan discussed above and the integration of Medicx
Health into our internal control
over financial reporting there was no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f)
under the
Exchange Act), that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2024 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect,
our internal control over financial reporting.
 
Item 9B. Other Information
 
Director and Executive Officer Trading Arrangements
 
During the quarter ended December 31, 2024, no
director or executive officers adopted or terminated any “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement” or “non-Rule
10b5-1 trading
arrangement” (as each term is defined in Item 408(a) of Registration S-K).
 
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions
that Prevent Inspections.
 
None.
 
33

 
 
PART III
 
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and
Corporate Governance
 
Except for the information provided in PART I,
Item 4.1, “Information About Our Executive Officers” and as set forth below, the required information is
incorporated by reference
from our definitive proxy statement for our 2025 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, including, but not necessarily limited to, the
sections
entitled “Proposal No. 1 Election of Directors, “Committees of the Board of Directors” and “Information Regarding
Security Holders Delinquent
Section 16(a) Reports.”
 
We have a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
(the “Code”) that applies to our directors, officers, and employees. Only the Board may grant a waiver of
any provision for
 a director, executive officer, or any other principal financial officer, and any such waiver, or any amendment to the Code, will be
promptly
 disclosed as required at www.optimizerx.com. The Code can be found on the Company’s website at www.optimizerx.com
 under “Investor
Relations - Governance.” The information on the website is not and should not be considered part of this Annual
 Report on Form 10-K and is not
incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
Item 11. Executive Compensation
 
The required information is incorporated by reference
from our definitive proxy statement for our 2025 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, including, but not
necessarily limited to, the sections
entitled “Director Compensation” and “Executive Compensation”.
 
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
 
Except for the information set forth below, the
required information is incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2025 Annual
Meeting of Shareholders, including,
but not necessarily limited to, the section entitled “Information Regarding Security Holders.”
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information
 
The following table details information regarding
our existing equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2024:
 
Plan Category
 
Number
of
securities to be
issued
upon
exercise of
outstanding
options,
warrants
and
rights
   
Weighted-
average
exercise
price
of
outstanding
options,
warrants
and
rights
   
Number
of
securities
remaining
available
for
future issuance
under
equity
compensation
plans
(excluding
securities
reflected
in
column (a))  
 
 
(a)
   
(b)
   
(c)
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
   
     
     
 
2013 Equity Compensation Plan – Options
   
234,512     
38.37     
— 
2013 Equity Compensation Plan – Restricted Stock Units
   
8,000     
N/A     
— 
2021 Equity Incentive Plan – Options
   
1,611,338     
15.40     
1,161,064 
2021 Equity Incentive Plan – Restricted Stock Units
   
686,326     
N/A     
— 
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
   
—     
N/A     
— 
Total
   
2,540,176     
      
1,161,064 
 
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions, and Director Independence
 
The required information is incorporated by reference
from our definitive proxy statement for our 2025 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, including, but not
necessarily limited to, the sections
entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Corporate Governance - Director Independence.”
 
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
 
The required information is incorporated by reference
from our definitive proxy statement for our 2025 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, including, but not
necessarily limited to, the sections
entitled “Ratification of UHY LLP as Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Independent Registered Public
Accountant
Fee Information” and “Ratification of UHY LLP as Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Pre-Approval Policies
and Procedures.”
 
34

 
 
PART IV
 
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statements
Schedules
 
(a) The consolidated financial statements and exhibits listed below
are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
(1) The Company’s consolidated financial statements, the
notes thereto and the report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are
included in PART II, Item 8. “Financial Statements
and Supplementary Data.”
 
(2) Financial statement schedules have been omitted because they
are not applicable, not required, or the required information is included in the
Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto.
 
(3) Exhibits. Reference is made to Item 15(b) below.
 
(b) Exhibits. The Exhibit Index, which immediately precedes
the signature page, is incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
(c) Financial Statement Schedules. Reference is made to Item
15(a)(2) above.
 
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary
 
None
 
EXHIBIT INDEX
 
Exhibit 
Number
  Description
3.1
 
Articles of Incorporation of OptimizeRx Corporation (the “Company”) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s
Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-155280) filed on November 12, 2008.
3.2
 
Certificate of Correction, dated April 30, 2018. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 2018.
3.3
 
Third Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022.
4.1
 
Description of the Registrant’s Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021.
10.1†
 
Fourth Amended and Restated 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on March 12, 2020.
10.2†
 
OptimizeRx 2021 Equity Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
August 25, 2021.
10.3†
 
Form of Stock Option Award for grants under the OptimizeRx Corporation 2021 Equity Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 25, 2021.
10.4†
 
Form of Performance Stock Option Award for grants under the OptimizeRx Corporation 2021 Equity Incentive Plan. Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 25, 2021.
10.5†
 
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award for grants under the OptimizeRx Corporation 2021 Equity Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 25, 2021.
10.6†
 
Form of Performance Restricted Stock Unit Award for grants under the OptimizeRx Corporation 2021. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 25, 2021
10.7†
 
Employment Agreement with Marion Odence-Ford. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-
K filed on February 11, 2021.
10.8†
 
Amendment to Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Marion Odence-Ford dated February 28, 2022. Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 4, 2022.
10.9*†
 
Offer Letter by and between the Company and Edward Stelmakh. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on September 30, 2021.
10.10†
 
OptimizeRx Corporation 2022 Cash Bonus Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on March 4, 2022.
10.11
 
Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of October 11, 2023 by and among OptimizeRx Corporation, Healthy Offers, Inc., the
securityholders of Healthy Offers, Inc. who are party to the Agreement, and Michael Weintraub, not in his individual capacity, but solely in
his capacity as the representative, agent and attorney-in-fact of the Securityholders. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 16, 2023.
10.12
 
Support Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2023 by and among the stockholders party thereto, OptimizeRx Corporation and Healthy
Offers, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 16, 2023.
 
35

 
 
10.13
 
Financing Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2023, by and among OptimizeRx Corporation, the lenders from time to time party thereto,
and Blue Torch Finance, LLC, as collateral agent and administrative agent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 16, 2023.
10.14
 
Letter Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2023, OptimizeRx Corporation and Blue Torch Finance, LLC. Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 16, 2023.
10.15
 
Common Stock Purchase Agreement dated October 24, 2023 by and among the Company and the Management Investors. Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 25, 2023.
10.16
 
Amendment No. 1 to Financing Agreement, dated March 29, 2024. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on April 2, 2024.
10.17*†
 
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between the Company and William J. Febbo dated April 12, 2024. Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023.
10.18*†
 
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Stephen Silvestro dated April 12, 2024. Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023.
10.19**†
  Amended OptimizeRx Corporation Executive Severance Plan, dated March 7, 2025.
10.20
  Amendment No. 1 to the OptimizeRx 2021 Equity Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on June 7, 2024    
10.21**
  Amendment No. 2 to Financing Agreement, dated September 26, 2024.
10.22**
  Amendment No. 3 to Financing Agreement, dated February 5, 2025.
10.23†
 
Separation and Advisory Agreement executed as of January 3, 2025 by and between the Company and William J. Febbo. Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 10, 2025.
10.24†
 
Amended and Restated Employment Letter, dated as of March 7, 2025 by and between the Company and Stephen Silvestro Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 10, 2025.
14.1
 
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
June 25, 2021.
19.1**
  OptimizeRx Corporation Insider Trading Policy
21.1**
  List of Subsidiaries
23.1**
  Consent of UHY LLP
31.1**
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2**
 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1**
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
97.1
 
OptimizeRx Corporation Clawback Policy. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 97.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 2023.
101.INS**
  Inline XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH
  Inline XBRL Schema Document
101.CAL
  Inline XBRL Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF
  Inline XBRL Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB
  Inline XBRL Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE
  Inline Presentation Linkbase Document
104
  Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)
 
†
Management Contracts and Compensatory Plans, Contracts or Arrangements.
*
Exhibits have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation
S-K. The Company agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted
exhibit to the SEC upon request.
**
Provided herewith.
 
36

 
 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or
15(d) of the Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized.
 
 
OptimizeRx Corporation
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Stephen Silvestro
 
 
Stephen Silvestro
 
Title:  Chief Executive Officer
 
Date:
March 20, 2025
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Edward Stelmakh
 
 
Edward Stelmakh
 
Title:  Chief Financial Officer Chief Operations Officer
 
Date:
March 20, 2025
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant
and in the capacities and
on the dates indicated.
 
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
   
   
/s/ Stephen Silvestro
  Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)
 
March 20, 2025
Stephen Silvestro
 
   
 
   
   
/s/ Edward Stelmakh
  Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operations Officer 
(principal financial and accounting officer)
 
March 20, 2025
Edward Stelmakh
 
   
 
   
   
/s/ Lynn O’Connor Vos
  Chairperson
 
March 20, 2025
Lynn O’Connor Vos
   
   
 
   
   
/s/ Patrick Spangler
  Director
 
March 20, 2025
Patrick Spangler
   
   
 
   
   
/s/ James Lang
  Director
 
March 20, 2025
James Lang
   
   
 
   
   
/s/ Greg Wasson
  Director
 
March 20, 2025
Greg Wasson
   
   
 
   
   
/s/ Catherine Klema
  Director
 
March 20, 2025
Catherine Klema
   
   
 
 
 
37
 
 
 

Exhibit 10.19
 
AMENDED
OPTIMIZERX CORPORATION
EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN*
 
Plan Document/Summary Plan Description
 
OptimizeRx Corporation (the
“Company”) has adopted this OptimizeRx Corporation Executive Severance Plan (the “Plan”) for the
benefit of
certain employees of the Company and its subsidiaries (hereinafter referred to as the “Company Group”),
on the terms and conditions hereinafter stated,
effective as of the Effective Date.
 
The Plan is not intended
to be an “employee pension benefit plan” or “pension plan” within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA. Rather,
the
Plan is intended to be a “welfare benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(1) of ERISA and to meet the descriptive
requirements of a plan constituting
a “severance pay plan” within the meaning of regulations published by the Secretary of
Labor at Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, Section 2510.3-
2(b). Accordingly, any benefits paid pursuant to the terms of the Plan
are not deferred compensation for purposes of ERISA, and no Participant shall have a
vested right to such benefits. To the extent applicable,
it is intended that portions of the Plan either comply with or be exempt from the provisions of
Section 409A of the Code. The Plan shall
be administered in a manner consistent with this intent and any provision that would cause the Plan to fail to
either constitute a welfare
benefit plan under ERISA or comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code, as the case may be, shall have no force
and effect.
This document serves as both the plan document as required under Section 402 of ERISA as well as a summary plan description as required
under Section 104(b) of ERISA.
 
1. Definitions.
Capitalized terms used in this Plan shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in Appendix A.
 
2. Eligibility.
 
Except as otherwise provided
under the Plan, each Participant is eligible to receive severance pay and severance benefits under the Plan if such
Participant:
 
(a) remains
in the employ of the Employer through the date of a Covered Termination, death or Disability;
 
(b) fulfills
the normal responsibilities of such Participant’s position, including, but not limited to, meeting regular attendance, specific
transitional
activities, workload and other standards of the Employer,
 
(c) executes
and does not revoke the Release Agreement; and
 
(d) complies
with and, during the term of the Severance Period (and in some instances, for some period following the expiration of the Severance
Period
in accordance with the terms of the BPA), remains compliant with, all the terms of such BPA.
 
 

 
 
3. Termination
of Employment.
 
(a) Payments
on Covered Termination. If a Participant designated on Appendix B hereto undergoes a Covered Termination, in addition to any
Accrued Obligations, subject to such Participant’s execution, delivery to the Company, and non-revocation of a Release Agreement,
as contemplated in
subsection (e) below, and continued compliance with the BPA during the Severance Period (and in some instances, for
 some period following the
expiration of the Severance Period in accordance with the terms of the BPA), such Participant shall be entitled
to the following payments and benefits:
 
(i) the
Target Bonus Amount set forth on Appendix B, which will be payable to the Participant in a lump sum within 60 days following the
date of termination, and
 
(ii) (A)
the applicable Cash Severance Amount set forth on Appendix B, payable in substantially equal installments as continuous pay in
accordance with the Company’s payroll practices as in effect from time to time over the applicable number of months set forth on
 Appendix B,
commencing on the 60th day following the date of termination, provided
that the first such payment shall include all amounts that would have been paid to
the Participant in accordance with the Company’s
payroll practices if such payments had begun on the date of the Participant’s Covered Termination; and
(B) the COBRA Payment, payable
 in monthly installments during the Subsidized COBRA Period (or apply such amount to the payment of such
continuation coverage), commencing
on the 60th day following the date of termination, provided that the first such payment
shall include all amounts that
would have been paid or provided to Participant in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices
 if such payments had begun on the date of the
Participant’s Covered Termination.
 
(b) Payments
on Change in Control Covered Termination. If a Participant undergoes a Change in Control Covered Termination, subject to such
Participant’s
execution, delivery to the Company, and non-revocation of a Release Agreement, as contemplated in subsection (e) below, and continued
compliance with the BPA during the Severance Period (and in some instances, for some period following the expiration of the Severance
 Period in
accordance with the terms of the BPA), such Participant shall be entitled to the following payment in addition to the payments
and benefits set forth in
Section 3(a): a lump-sum cash payment equal to the applicable CIC Covered Termination Payment Amount set forth
on Appendix C, payable within 60
days following the later of (A) the date of the Participant’s Change in Control Covered
Termination or (B) the closing date of the applicable Change in
Control.For the avoidance of doubt, if a Participant’s name is not
set forth on Appendix C hereto, such Participant is ineligible to receive any payments
under this Section 3(b).
 
Payments and benefits described under subsections
(a) and (b) may be made by the Company or any other member of the Company Group, as determined
by the Company in its sole discretion,
including, without limitation, the Employer.
 
(c) Payments on Death
or Disability. In the event a Participant’s employment with the Employer is terminated due to such Participant’s
death or
Disability, in addition to any Accrued Obligations, the Participant (or the Participant’s estate, as applicable)
shall receive the Target Bonus, payable in a
lump sum within 60 days following the date of termination; provided, however,
in the case of the Participant’s termination due to Disability, the Participant
must execute, deliver to the Company, and not
revoke the Release Agreement, as contemplated in subsection (e) below, and continue to comply with the
BPA during the Severance
Period (and in some instances, for some period following the expiration of the Severance Period in accordance with the terms of
the
BPA).
 
2

 
 
(d) Other
Termination Events. If a Participant’s employment is terminated for any reason other than pursuant to a Covered Termination,
death or
Disability, such Participant shall not be entitled to the Severance Pay or other benefits under the Plan.
 
(e) Release
Agreement. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the payment of any amount or provision of any benefit pursuant to
this Section 3 (other than the Accrued Obligations) shall be conditioned upon a Participant’s execution, delivery to the Company,
and non-revocation of the
Release Agreement (and the expiration of any revocation period contained in such Release Agreement) within 60
days following the date of a Covered
Termination. If a Participant fails to execute the Release Agreement in such a timely manner or timely
revokes his or her acceptance of such release
following its execution, such Participant shall not be entitled to Severance Pay or any
other benefits under the Plan. Further, to the extent that any of the
payments hereunder constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation”
for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, any payment of any amount or provision
of any benefit otherwise scheduled to occur prior to
the 60th day following the date of such Covered Termination, but for the condition of executing the
Release Agreement as set forth herein, shall not be made until the first regularly scheduled payroll date following such 60th
day, after which any remaining
payments shall thereafter be provided to the Participant according to the applicable schedule set forth
herein. 
 
(f) Clawback/Forfeiture.
Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the payment of any amount or provision of any benefit pursuant to
subsections (a)
or (b) above (other than the Accrued Obligations) shall be conditioned upon and subject to the Clawback Policy.
 
4. Treatment
of Awards.
 
Any outstanding Awards granted
to the Participant under (i) the Stock Plan shall vest in accordance with the terms of the Stock Plan and the
applicable award agreement,
or (ii) the Company’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, shall vest in accordance with the terms of the 2013 Equity
Incentive
Plan, as amended, and the applicable award agreement.
 
5. Additional
Terms.
 
(a) Taxes.
Severance and other payments and benefits under the Plan will be subject to all required federal, state and local taxes and may be
affected
by any legally required withholdings. Payments under the Plan are not deemed “compensation” for purposes of the retirement
plans, savings plans,
and incentive plans of the Company Group. Accordingly, no deductions will be taken for any retirement and savings
plan and such plans will not accrue
any benefits attributable to payments under the Plan.
 
(b) Set-Off;
Mitigation. The Company’s obligation to pay the Participant the amounts provided and
to make the arrangements provided hereunder
shall not be subject to set-off, counterclaim, or recoupment of amounts owed by the
Participant to the Company or its Affiliates. The Participant shall not
be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided
pursuant to the Plan by seeking other employment or otherwise, and the amount of any
payment provided for pursuant to the Plan shall
not be reduced by any compensation earned as a result of the Participant’s other employment or otherwise.
 
3

 
 
(c) Specified
 Employees. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if (i) at the time of a Participant’s Covered Termination, such
Participant is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code, and the deferral of the commencement of any
payments or benefits otherwise
payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to prevent the imposition
of any accelerated or additional tax under
Section 409A of the Code, then the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits
hereunder will be deferred (without any increase or
decrease in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Participant)
until the date that is six months following such Participant’s Covered
Termination (or the earliest date that is permitted under
Section 409A of the Code), and (ii) any other payments of money or other benefits due to the
Participant hereunder would cause the application
of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payments or other benefits shall
be deferred if deferral will
make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A of the Code, or otherwise such payment or other benefits
shall be restructured,
to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by or at the direction of the Committee, that does not cause such an accelerated or
additional
tax or result in additional cost to the Company. The Company shall consult with its legal counsel and tax advisors in good faith regarding
the
implementation of this Section 5(c); provided, however, that none of the Company any other member of the
Company Group, or any of their respective
employees or representatives, shall have any liability to the Participant with respect thereto.
 
6. Termination
or Amendment of the Plan.
 
The Plan may be amended,
terminated or discontinued in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time at the discretion of the Board or the
Committee; provided,
 however, that no such amendment, termination or discontinuance shall, without a Participant’s consent, adversely affect
 any
Participant that has undergone a Covered Termination prior to the effective date of any such amendment, termination or discontinuance;
provided further,
that following (x) the date the Company has entered into an agreement the consummation of which would
result in a Change in Control (until such time as
the Change in Control occurs or such agreement is terminated) or (y) a Change in Control,
the Plan may not be amended, terminated or discontinued in
whole or in part, at any time prior to the second anniversary of the date of
such Change in Control without the written consent of each affected Participant. 
 
7. Limitation
of Certain Payments.
 
Except as otherwise
provided in an individual employment agreement, in the event that any payments and/or benefits due to a Participant under
the Plan
and/or any other arrangements are determined by the Company to constitute “excess parachute payments” as defined under
Section 280G of the
Code, any cash severance payable under the Plan shall be reduced by the minimum amount necessary, subject to the
last sentence of this paragraph, such
that the present value of such “parachute payments” (as defined under Section 280G
of the Code) is below 300% of such Participant’s “base amount” (as
defined under Section 280G of the Code), and by
accepting participation in the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no payments or benefits shall be
reduced under this Section 7
unless (a) the net amount of such payments and benefits, as so reduced (and after subtracting the net amount of federal, state
and
local income taxes on such reduced payments and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal
exemptions attributable
to such reduced payments and benefits), is greater than or equal to (b) the net amount of such payments
without such reduction (but after subtracting the net
amount of federal, state and local income taxes on such payments and benefits
and the amount of excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code as to
which such Participant would be subject in respect of such
unreduced payments and benefits and after taking into account the phase out of itemized
deductions and personal exemptions
attributable to such unreduced payments). For purposes hereof, (i) the order in which any amounts are deemed to be
reduced, if
applicable, is (A) cash payments, (B) other non-cash forms of benefits, and (C) equity-based payments and acceleration of vesting,
and (ii)
within any such category of payments and benefits (that is, (i)(A), (i)(B) or (i)(C) above), (A) a reduction shall occur
first with respect to amounts that are
not “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and
then with respect to amounts that are and (B) to the extent that any such
amounts are to be made over time (e.g., in installments,
etc.), then the amounts shall be reduced in reverse
 
4

 
 
8. Miscellaneous.
 
(a) No
Right to Continued Employment. Nothing contained in the Plan shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ
of
any member of the Company Group nor interfere in any way with the right of the Company Group to terminate his or her employment, with
or without
Cause.
 
(b) Plan
Not Funded. Amounts payable under the Plan shall be payable from the general assets of the Company, and no special or separate reserve,
fund or deposit shall be made to assure payment of such amounts. No Participant, beneficiary or other Person shall have any right, title
or interest in any
fund or in any specific asset of the Company by reason of participation hereunder. Neither the provisions of the Plan,
nor the creation or adoption of the
Plan, nor any action taken pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall create, or be construed to
create, a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship
between the Company and any Participant, beneficiary or other Person. To the extent
that a Participant, beneficiary or other Person acquires a right to
receive payment under the Plan, such right shall be no greater than
the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Company shall have the right to implement
 or set aside funds in a grantor trust, subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors or
otherwise, to discharge its obligations
under the Plan.
 
(c) Non-Transferability
of Benefits and Interests. All amounts payable under the Plan are non-transferable, and no amount payable under the Plan
shall be
subject in any manner to sale, transfer, anticipation, alienation, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge. This Section 9(c) shall
not apply to an
assignment of a contingency or payment due (i) after the death of a Participant to the deceased Participant’s legal
representative or beneficiary, or (ii) after
the disability of a Participant to the disabled Participant’s personal representative.
 
(d) Discretion
 of Company, Board and Committee. Any decision made or action taken by, or inaction of, the Company, the Board, or the
Committee arising
out of or in connection with the creation, amendment, construction, administration, interpretation and effect of the Plan that is within
its
authority hereunder or applicable law shall be within the absolute discretion of such entity and shall be conclusive and binding upon
all Persons.
 
(e) Indemnification.
Neither the Board nor the Committee, nor any employee of the Company, nor any Person acting at the direction thereof (each
such Person
 an “Affected Person”), shall have any liability to any Person (including without limitation, any Participant), for
 any act, omission,
interpretation, construction or determination made in connection with the Plan (or any payment made under the Plan).
Each Affected Person shall be
indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability or expense (including
attorneys’ fees) that may be imposed upon
or incurred by such Affected Person in connection with or resulting from any action, suit
or proceeding to which such Affected Person may be a party or in
which such Affected Person may be involved by reason of any action taken
or omitted to be taken under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts
paid by such Affected Person, with the Company’s
approval, in settlement thereof, or paid by such Affected Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any
such action, suit or proceeding
against such Affected Person; provided, that the Company shall have the right, at its own expense, to assume and defend
any
such action, suit or proceeding and, once the Company gives notice of its intent to assume the defense, the Company shall have sole
control over such
defense with counsel of the Company’s choice. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be available to
an Affected Person to the extent that a court
of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment or other final adjudication, in either case,
not subject to further appeal, determines that the acts or omissions of
such Affected Person giving rise to the indemnification claim
resulted from such Affected Person’s bad faith, fraud or willful wrongful act or omission. The
foregoing right of indemnification
 shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which Affected Persons may be entitled under the
Company’s organizational
documents, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any other power that the Company may have to indemnify such Person or hold
them harmless.
 
5

 
 
(f) Section
409A. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if any benefit provided under the Plan is subject to the provisions
of
Section 409A of the Code, the provisions of the Plan will be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner necessary to comply
with Section 409A of
the Code or an exception thereto. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in no event shall the
Company (or its employees, officers or
directors) have any liability to any Participant (or any other Person) due to the failure of the
Plan to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code or
any other applicable law. For purposes of the application of Section 409A
of the Code, each payment in a series of payments under this Plan will be
deemed a separate payment.
 
(g) No
Duplication; Treatment of Other Severance Arrangements. In no event shall any Participant receive the severance benefits provided
for
herein in addition to severance benefits provided for under any Other Severance Arrangement; provided, that if such
Participant is covered by any Other
Severance Arrangement, such Participant shall only be entitled to receive the greater of (x) the payments
and benefits set forth in this Plan and (y) the
payments and benefits set forth in, and subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions
of, the Other Severance Arrangement.
 
(h) Governing
Law. All questions pertaining to the construction, regulation, validity and effect of the provisions of the Plan shall be determined
in
accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada.
 
(i) Notice.
Any notice or other communication required or which may be given pursuant to the Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed to
have
been duly given when delivered by hand or overnight courier or two days after it has been mailed by United States express or registered
mail, return
receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the Company at the address set forth below, or to the Participant at his
or her most recent address on file
with the Company. 
 
OptimizeRx Corporation
260 Charles Street, Suite. 302
Waltham, MA 02453
c/o Chief Legal Officer
 
(j) Captions.
Captions and headings are given to the sections and subsections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such
captions
and headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision thereof.
 
(k) Successors.
The Plan shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors.
 
6

 
 
Appendix A
Definitions
 
1. Definitions.
 
(a) “Accrued
 Obligations” means (i) all accrued but unpaid Base Salary through the date of a Covered Termination, (ii) any unpaid or
unreimbursed
expenses incurred in accordance with the policies of the Employer, and (iii) any benefits provided under the employee benefit plans and
programs of the Company Group in which the Participant participates immediately prior to, and is due upon or continues after, a termination
 of
employment, including rights with respect to Company equity.
 
(b) “Affiliate”
means any entity which, at the time of reference, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled
by, or is under common control with, the Company.
 
(c) “Annual
 Bonus Program” means the annual cash incentive bonus program in which the Participant participates as of the date of such
Participant’s
Covered Termination, if any.
 
(d) “Anticipatory
Termination” means a Covered Termination occurring within the three months prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control;
provided,
that it is reasonably demonstrated that such termination (A) was at the request of a third party who has taken steps reasonably calculated
or
intended to effect the Change in Control (and such transaction is actually consummated) or (B) otherwise arose in connection with or
in anticipation of the
Change in Control (and such transaction is actually consummated).
 
(e) “Asset
Sale” means a Change in Control resulting from the consummation of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of
the assets
of the Company.
 
(f) “Award”
has the meaning set forth in the Stock Plan.
 
(g) “Base
Salary” means the Participant’s then current annual base salary rate immediately prior to his or her Covered Termination
(or, if higher,
the annual base salary immediately prior to an event that constitutes Good Reason hereunder).
 
(h) “Board”
means the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
(i) “Business
Protection Agreement” or “BPA” shall mean the Business Protection Agreement executed by Participant, as may be updated
or
amended from time to time to reflect changes in law and/or differences in applicable state law. BPA shall mean the agreement substantially
in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit A, as may be updated or amended from time to time to reflect changes in law and/or differences
in applicable state law.
 
(j) “Cash
Severance Amount” means, with respect to any Participant, the “Cash Severance Amount,” as set forth on Appendix
B, as attached
hereto, as applicable.
 
7

 
 
(k) “Cause”
means the occurrence of any of the following as determined by the Committee:
 
(i) the
Participant’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, (1) a felony under federal law or the law of the
state in which such
action occurred or (2) any other crime involving moral turpitude;
 
(ii) the
Participant’s willful and continued failure to perform the Participant’s employment duties (other than any such failure resulting
from
the Participant’s incapacity due to a Disability); provided, however, that the Company shall have
provided the Participant with written notice that such
actions are occurring and, where practical, the Participant has been afforded at
least 15 days to cure same;
 
(iii) the
Participant’s willfully engaging in misconduct in the performance of the Participant’s duties for the Employer (including,
but not
limited to, theft, fraud, embezzlement and securities law violations, a violation of the Company’s “Code of Ethics
and Business Conduct” or other written
policies, or a material breach of the Business Protection Agreement or any other restrictive
covenants to which the Participant is subject) that is materially
injurious to the Company, or, in the good faith determination of the
Committee, is potentially materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise.
 
For purposes of this Section 1(j), no act, or
failure to act, on the part of the Participant shall be considered “willful,” unless done, or omitted to be done, by
the Participant
in bad faith and without a reasonable belief that the Participant’s action or omission was in, or not opposed to, the best interests
of the
Company (including reputationally). Prior to any termination for Cause, the Participant will be given five business days written
notice specifying the
alleged Cause event. After providing the notice in foregoing sentence, the Board or the Chief Executive Officer
 of the Company may suspend the
Participant with full pay and benefits until a final determination has been made.
 
(l) “Change
in Control” has the meaning set forth in the Stock Plan.
 
(m) “Change
in Control Covered Termination” means a (i) a Covered Termination occurring during the two-year period commencing on the date
of a Change in Control or (ii) an Anticipatory Termination.
 
(n) “CIC Covered
Termination Payment Amount” means, with respect to any Participant, the “CIC Covered Termination Payment Amount,”
as set
forth on Appendix C, as attached hereto, as applicable.(o) “Clawback Policy” means any clawback, forfeiture
or other similar policy adopted by the Board
or the Committee from time to time.
 
(o) “COBRA
 Payment” means, provided the Participant validly elects continuation coverage under COBRA or similar state law for the
Participant,
his spouse and/or dependents, an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium for continued health insurance coverage payable in monthly
installments over the number of months in the Subsidized COBRA Period set forth on Appendix B, as attached hereto, as applicable.
 
8

 
(p) “Code”
 means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules, regulations or other interpretative guidance promulgated
thereunder,
as well as any successor laws in replacement thereof.
 
(q) “Committee”
means the Compensation Committee of the Board.
 
(r) “Covered
Termination” means a Participant’s termination of employment with the Employer by the Employer without Cause or by the
Participant for Good Reason; provided, however, that no such termination shall be considered a Covered Termination
if such Participant’s employment with
the Employer is terminated:
 
(i) solely
by reason of a transfer to the employ of another member of the Company Group;
 
(ii) upon
the expiration of a leave of absence by reason of his or her failure to return to work at such time unless, at such time, there is not
an available position for which such Participant is qualified; or
 
(iii) in
connection with an Asset Sale if either (A) in connection with such Asset Sale such Participant was offered employment with the
purchaser
or an Affiliate thereof in an Asset Sale (I) within a 25-mile radius of such Participant’s current work site for a comparable
position and (II) with
the same or greater Base Salary, and with comparable annual bonus and equity compensation opportunity, and the
 Participant fails to accept such
employment offer, or (B) notwithstanding the comparable terms and conditions of employment being
available within a 25-mile radius, such Participant
voluntarily elected not to participate in the selection process for employment with
the purchaser or an Affiliate thereof in an Asset Sale.
 
(s) “Disability”
means a Participant’s substantial inability to perform Participant’s duties due to partial or total disability or incapacity
resulting
from a mental or physical illness, injury or other health-related cause for a period of 90 consecutive days or 180 non-consecutive
days in any 12 months
period.
 
(t) “Effective
Date” means March 8, 2023, as amended on March 1, 2024.
 
(u) “Eligible
 Employee” means each non-union, salaried, full-time employee of the Company Group. Eligible Employees shall, in no event,
include:
(i) independent contractors, (ii) temporary employees, (iii) individuals treated other than as employees for federal income and employment
tax
purposes at the time such individual performs services, (iv) employees who are regularly scheduled to work less than 20 hours per
 week, and (v)
individuals who the Company designates as “non-benefits eligible.”
 
(v) “Employer”
means, with respect to any Participant, the member of the Company Group by which such Participant is employed.
 
(w) “ERISA”
means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the rules, regulations or other interpretive guidance
promulgated
thereunder, as well as any successor laws in replacement thereof.
 
9

 
 
(x) “Exchange
Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules, regulations or other interpretive guidance promulgated
thereunder, as well as any successor laws in replacement thereof.
 
(y) “Good
Reason” means the occurrence of any of the following events without the Participant’s consent:
 
(i) a
material diminution in the Participant’s title, authorities, duties or responsibilities;
 
(ii) any
reduction in the Participant’s Base Salary, other than a reduction of not more than 15% implemented in connection with an across-the-
board
reduction affecting all similarly-situated executive employees of the Company;
 
(iii) the
assignment to the Participant of duties or responsibilities which are materially inconsistent with any of the Participant’s duties
and
responsibilities;
 
(iv)
the failure of any purchaser (or an Affiliate thereof) in an Asset Sale by agreement in writing, to expressly, absolutely and unconditionally
assume and agree to perform the Plan, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform the Plan
if no such Asset
Sale had taken place; or
 
(v) upon
 or within twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control, (A) a reduction  in the Participant’s Base Salary in effect
immediately prior to the Change in Control or (B) a material reduction in the sum of (1) the Participant’s Target Bonus for the
last completed fiscal year
immediately prior to the Change in Control plus (2) the grant date fair value of equity or equity-based awards
granted to the Participant under the Stock
Plan for the last completed fiscal year immediately prior to the Change in Control;
 
provided, that any of the events
described in clauses (i) – (iii) and (v) above shall constitute Good Reason only if the Participant provides the Company (or
applicable
employer following a Change in Control) with written objection to the event or condition within 90 days following the occurrence thereof,
the
Company (or applicable employer following a Change in Control) does not reverse or otherwise cure the event or condition within 30
days of receiving that
written objection, and the Participant resigns employment within 30 days following the expiration of that cure
period.
 
(z) “Other
 Severance Arrangements” means any plans, policies, guidelines, arrangements, agreements, letters and/or other communication,
whether formal or informal, written or oral sponsored by the Company or any of its Affiliates and/or entered into by any representative
of the Company or
any of its Affiliates that might otherwise provide severance benefits upon a Covered Termination.
 
(aa) “Participant”
means an Eligible Employee who is designated as a Participant by the Committee, subject to the requirements of Section 2. For
purposes hereof, the Committee shall be permitted to (i) designate groups of Eligible Employees by category, job title or other
classification it deems
appropriate as Participants without the need to identify any individual Participant by name, provided that
 the Committee may determine in its sole
discretion that any one or more Eligible Employees within a designated group shall not be a
 Participant in the Plan and (ii) delegate to Company
management the authority to determine whether specific individuals qualify as
Participants within the parameters set forth by the Committee.
 
10

 
 
(bb) “Person”
means any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act).
 
(cc) “Release
Agreement” means a release and/or waiver of claims in the form customarily provided by the Company Group to terminated
employees,
pursuant to which a Participant may be required to (i) acknowledge the receipt of the severance payment and other benefits, and (ii) release
the
Company and its Affiliates (including the Employer and its Affiliates) and other Persons designated by the Company from any and all
claims and liabilities,
whether known or unknown, or suspected or unsuspected, from the beginning of time until Participant’s execution
of the Release Agreement, including
without limitation, those arising from his or her employment or termination thereof (other than with
respect to the Participant’s rights under the Plan).
 
(dd) “Severance
Pay” means the Cash Severance Amount set forth on Appendix B for each Participant, payable in substantially equal installments
in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices as in effect from time to time over the applicable number of months set forth
on Appendix B.
 
(ee) “Severance
Period” means the number of months set forth on Appendix B indicating the time the Cash Severance Amount will be paid to
each
Participant for a Covered Termination.
 
(ff) “Stock
Plan” means the OptimizeRx Corporation 2021 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (or any successor plan thereto
adopted by the Company for the purpose of providing equity and other incentive compensation to the employees and other service providers
 of the
Company or its Affiliates).
 
(gg) “Subsidized
COBRA Period” means, with respect to any Participant, the period set forth on Appendix B, as attached hereto, as applicable.
 
(hh) “Target
Bonus” means the Participant’s target annual bonus under the Annual Bonus Program.
 
11

 
 
Appendix B
Severance Payments on Covered Termination
 
Participant
Subsidized COBRA Period
Bonus Amount
Cash Severance Amount
Stephen Silvestro
From the date of the Covered Termination until
the earliest of
(x) 12 months thereafter, (y) the
date the Participant becomes eligible for
coverage under a subsequent employer’s health
plan,
or (z) the date the Participant and/or the
Participant’s beneficiary(ies) cease to be
eligible under COBRA.
 
1.0 times the Participant’s Annual
Bonus Target, paid in lump sum
1.5 times the Participant’s Base
Salary, paid in equal installments
over 18 months
Edward Stelmakh
From the date of the Covered Termination until
the earliest of
(x) 12 months thereafter, (y) the
date the Participant becomes eligible for
coverage under a subsequent employer’s health
plan,
or (z) the date the Participant and/or the
Participant’s beneficiary(ies) cease to be
eligible under COBRA.
 
1.0 times the Participant’s Annual
Bonus Target, paid in lump sum
1.0 times the Participant’s Base
Salary, paid in equal installments
over 12 months
Marion Odence-Ford
From the date of the Covered Termination until
the earliest of
(x) 12 months thereafter, (y) the
date the Participant becomes eligible for
coverage under a subsequent employer’s health
plan,
or (z) the date the Participant and/or the
Participant’s beneficiary(ies) cease to be
eligible under COBRA. 
 
1.0 times the Participant’s Annual
Bonus Target, paid in lump sum
1.0 times the Participant’s Base
Salary, paid in equal installments
over 12 months
Douglas Besch
From the date of the Covered Termination until
the earliest of
(x) 6 months thereafter, (y) the
date the Participant becomes eligible for
coverage under a subsequent employer’s health
plan,
or (z) the date the Participant and/or the
Participant’s beneficiary(ies) cease to be
eligible under COBRA.
 
0.5 times the Participant’s Annual
Bonus Target, paid in lump sum
0.5 times the Participant’s Base
Salary, paid in equal installments
over 6 months
Theresa Greco
From the date of the Covered Termination until
the earliest of
(x) 6 months thereafter, (y) the
date the Participant becomes eligible for
coverage under a subsequent employer’s health
plan,
or (z) the date the Participant and/or the
Participant’s beneficiary(ies) cease to be
eligible under COBRA.
 
0.5 times the Participant’s Annual
Bonus Target, paid in lump sum
0.5 times the Participant’s Base
Salary, paid in equal installments
over 6 months
 
12

 
 
Appendix C
Payments on Change in Control Covered Termination
 
Participant
CIC Covered Termination Payment Amount
Stephen Silvestro
2.0 times the Participant’s Base Salary
Edward Stelmakh
2.0 times the Participant’s Base Salary
Marion Odence-Ford
2.0 times the Participant’s Base Salary
Douglas Besch
1.0 times the Participant’s Base Salary
Theresa Greco
1.0 times the Participant’s Base Salary
 
13

 
 
Exhibit A
 
OPTIMIZERX CORPORATION
 
BUSINESS PROTECTION AGREEMENT
 
In consideration of my employment
 with OptimizeRx Corporation, a Nevada corporation with its principal place of business in Waltham,
Massachusetts, (the “Company”),
and in recognition that (i) as an employee of the Company I will have access to Confidential Information (defined in
Section 9 below),
customers and corporate opportunities of Company, and (ii) if I become employed or affiliated with a Competing Organization (defined
in
Section 9 below), Company will be at risk, I agree with Company as follows:
 
1. Confidential
Information.
 
a. No
Unauthorized Disclosure or Use. While employed by Company and thereafter, I shall not, directly or indirectly, use or disclose to
anyone
outside of Company any Confidential Information other than pursuant to my employment by and for the benefit of Company.
 
b. Ownership
 of Confidential Information. I agree that all originals and all copies of manuscripts, letters, notes, notebooks, reports, models,
computer files and other materials containing, representing, evidencing, recording, or constituting any Confidential Information (created
 by myself or
others) shall be the sole property of Company or the property of third parties who lawfully disclosed the Confidential Information
under obligations of
confidentiality.
 
c. Third
Party Confidential Information. I understand that Company from time to time has in its possession information which is claimed by
others
to be proprietary or confidential and which Company has agreed or is under an obligation to keep confidential. I agree that all
such information shall be
Confidential Information for purposes of this Agreement.
 
2. Developments.
 
a. Ownership.
I agree that all Developments (defined in Section 9 below) created during the period of my employment with Company (whether or
not made
 on Company’s premises, during work hours or disclosed by me to Company), together with all products or services which embody these
Developments, shall be the sole property of Company.
 
b. Assignment and Cooperation. I
agree, for all Developments created during the period of my employment with Company or during the six month
period following
termination of my employment with Company, (i) to make and maintain adequate and current written records of all Developments, and to
disclose all Developments promptly, fully and in writing to Company immediately upon development of the same and at any time upon
request, (ii) that I
hereby assign and will assign to Company all my right, title and interest in and to all Developments and to
anything tangible which evidences, incorporates,
constitutes, represents or records any Developments, (iii) to cooperate and assist
Company in obtaining and maintaining any governmental protection it
may seek for Developments, and to execute all documents that may
be required therefor, and (iv) if any Developments constitute works made for hire under
the laws of the United States, they shall be
exclusive property of the Company, and should any Developments be held by a court of competent jurisdiction
not to be a ‘work
made for hire’, I hereby and will assign to Company all copyrights, patents and other proprietary rights I may have in any
Developments,
together with rights to file for and own wholly without restriction United States and foreign copyrights, patents, and
trademarks with respect thereto. In the
event the Company is unable to secure my signature on any application for patent, copyright
or other analogous protection relating to any Development,
whether because of my physical or mental incapacity or for any other
reason whatsoever, I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Company and its
duly authorized officers and agents as my agent
and attorney-in-fact (which designation and appointment shall be (i) deemed coupled with an interest and
(ii) irrevocable, and shall
survive my death or incapacity), to act for and in my behalf and stead to execute and file any application and to do all other
lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of patents, copyrights or other analogous protections with the same
legal force and effect as
if executed by me.
 
14

 
 
c. Prior
Developments. I agree that the foregoing assignment covers all results, outputs and products of my work for Company prior to the date
hereof (whether as an employee or as a consultant), and that all related copyrights, patents and other intellectual property rights, and
that all such results,
output and products are Developments and the sole property of Company.
 
3. Exceptions
 to this Agreement. I understand that Company does not desire to acquire from me any trade secrets or confidential business
information
that I may have acquired from others. I have informed Company, in the space below, of any (i) continuing obligations that I may have to
any
previous employers which require me not to disclose information to Company or compete with any such previous employers; and (ii) confidential
information or developments which I claim as my own or otherwise intend to exclude from this Agreement because it was developed by me
prior to the
date of this Agreement. I understand that after execution of this Agreement I shall have no right to exclude confidential
information or developments from
this Agreement.
 
(If there are none, please
enter the word “None”; attach additional pages as necessary)
 
Note: For
obligations not to disclose information to Company or compete with any such previous employers, give the date of each obligation,
identify
the parties owed each obligation and the nature of any restriction. Please attach any such agreement(s) to this Agreement.
 
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
 
4.  Employee’s Obligation to Cooperate. At any time upon the request of Company, I shall execute all documents and perform
all acts which
Company considers necessary or advisable to secure its rights hereunder and to carry out the intent of this Agreement.
 
5. Return of Property.
At any time upon the request of Company, and in any event upon cessation of employment, I shall return promptly to
Company all Company
property, including all Confidential Information and Developments and any copies thereof.
 
6. Employment
At-Will. Nothing in this Agreement shall require that Company employ me for any period of time. I understand that I am an
employee-at-will and that my employment relationship with Company may be terminated by Company or me at any time for any reason,
with or without
prior notice. I further understand that the employment-at-will relationship between me and Company cannot be
modified by oral or written statements from
supervisors, managers or others at Company; the at-will nature of my employment with
Company can only be modified by a written agreement signed by
the CEO of Company.
 
15

 
 
7. Restrictive
Covenants.
 
a. I
acknowledge and agree that Company has invested substantial time, money and resources in the development of its Confidential Information
and the development and retention of its customers, clients, collaborators, and employees. I further acknowledge that during the course
of my employment,
I may be introduced to customers, clients, and collaborators of Company, and agree that any “goodwill” associated
 with any customer, client, or
collaborator belongs exclusively to Company. In recognition of the foregoing, I specifically acknowledge
and agree that while I am employed by Company
and for a period of one (1) year after termination of such employment (for any reason, whether
voluntary or involuntary) I will not directly or indirectly in
any position or capacity engage in the following activities for myself
or for any other person, business, corporation, partnership or other entity:
 
(i) call
upon, solicit, divert, or accept, or attempt to solicit or divert any of Company’s business or prospective business from any of
Company’s
customers, clients, or collaborators, or prospective customers, clients, or collaborators with whom I had contact or whose
 dealings with Company I
coordinated or supervised or about whom I obtained Confidential Information, unless I obtain prior written consent
of Company;
 
(ii) refer,
request, solicit, induce, hire (or attempt or assist in doing any of these actions) any employee or other persons (including consultants)
who may have performed work or services for Company within one (1) year prior to the termination of my employment with Company to perform
work or
services for any person or entity other than Company; or
 
(iii) become
employed by, associated with or render services to any Competing Organization in connection with any Competing Product anywhere
in the
world where Company does business or is planning to do business. I understand and agree that this covenant not to compete is reasonable
in that I
can continue my chosen profession when I leave the employment of Company so long as I do not work for companies that are Competing
Organizations in
connection with Competing Products and so long as I do not disclose confidential, proprietary and trade secret information
of Company. I understand and
agree that it does not impose an unnecessary restraint because of the nature of the confidential, proprietary
and trade secret information of Company related
to the Competing Products which mandates protection in the geographical areas described
above. I also understand and agree that the covenant is necessary
to protect the goodwill and confidential, proprietary and trade secret
information of Company.
 
I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THESE RESTRICTIONS
SHALL APPLY AND BE BINDING REGARDLESS OF CHANGES IN MY POSITION,
DUTIES, GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION, RESPONSIBILITIES OR COMPENSATION DURING
MY EMPLOYMENT.
 
b. Confirmation
of Post-Employment Status. I agree to inform Company, for a period of one year following the termination of my employment, of
every
 place of employment and every affiliation I have in a company or business enterprise, directly or indirectly, as an employee, owner, manager,
stockholder, consultant, director, officer, or partner. If I fail to so inform Company, and I have violated the obligations set forth
in this Section 7, the one-
year period shall run from the date that Company first learned of my activity.
 
c. Small
Ownership Exemption. The provisions of this Section 7 shall not apply to ownership of less than one percent (1%) of the stock of any
publicly traded corporation.
 
8. Corporate
Compliance. I agree that I will abide by all policies and procedures that Company may have in effect from time to time,
including
without limitation, the Code of Conduct, Acceptable Use Policy, or any other corporate compliance programs or polices. I
further acknowledge that failure
to abide by policies and procedures may result in discipline, including immediate termination of my
 employment. Nothing herein limits my at-will
employment with Company, pursuant to paragraph six (6) above.
 
16

 
 
9. Definitions.
The following terms, as used in this Agreement, shall have the meanings set forth below:
 
a. “Competing
 Organization” shall mean persons, organizations, or any other entity, including myself, engaged in, or considering to become
engaged
in, research or development, production, distribution, marketing, providing or selling of a Competing Product.
 
b. “Competing
Product” shall mean products, processes, or services of any person, organization, or entity other than Company, in existence or
under development, which are substantially similar, may be substituted for, or applied to substantially similar end use of the products,
processes or services
with which I worked on in any capacity, including a sales or marketing capacity, at any time during my employment
with Company or about which I
acquired Confidential Information through my work with Company.
 
c. “Confidential
Information” shall mean all trade secrets, proprietary information, and other data or information (and any tangible evidence,
record
or representation thereof), whether prepared, conceived or developed by an employee of Company (including myself) or received by Company
from
an outside source, which is in the possession of Company (whether or not the property of Company) and which is maintained in confidence
by Company,
including, but not limited to: (i) technical and business information; (ii) information relating to the design, manufacture,
application, know-how, research
and development of Company’s products and services including Developments; (iii) sources of supply
and material; (iv) operating and other cost data; (v)
information relating to present, past or prospective customers, customer relationships,
 customer proposals, price lists and data relating to pricing of
products or services; (vi) patient medical records and all other information
relating to patients; and (vii) any other information not generally known in the
industry, including specifically, all information contained
in manuals, memoranda, formulae, plans, drawings and designs, specifications, supply sources,
and records of Company whether or nor legended
or otherwise identified by Company as “Confidential Information.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
term Confidential Information
 shall not apply to information which senior management of Company has voluntarily disclosed to the public without
restriction or which
has otherwise lawfully entered the public domain.
 
d. “Developments”
shall mean all Confidential Information and all other discoveries, inventions, ideas, concepts, research and other information,
processes,
products, methods and improvements, or parts thereof (including, without limitation, all computer programs, algorithms, subroutines, source
codes, object codes, designs, and improvements), conceived, developed, or otherwise made by me, alone or jointly with others and in any
way relating to
the Corporation's present or proposed services, programs or products or to tasks assigned to me during the course of my
employment, whether or not
patentable or subject to copyright protection and whether or not reduced to tangible form or reduced to practice.
 
e. “Company”
includes OptimizeRx and all other companies or entities currently or which in the future are related or affiliated with OptimizeRx.
 
10. Miscellaneous
Provisions.
 
a. Entire Agreement
and Amendment. This Agreement contains the entire and only agreement between Company and me respecting the subject
matter
hereof, and it supersedes all prior agreements and representations with regard to the subject matter hereof; provided however, to
the extent I have a
prior written agreement with Company regarding confidentiality, noncompetition, nonsolicitation, and/or
developments, that agreement shall remain in full
force and effect, as applicable. In the event of any inconsistency between this
Agreement and any other contract between Company and me, the provisions
of this Agreement shall prevail (unless such other contract
expressly supersedes this Agreement). No modification of this Agreement shall be binding upon
me or Company unless made in writing
and signed by an authorized officer of Company.
 
17

 
 
b. Survival
and Waivers. This Agreement will remain in effect if I am transferred, promoted, or reassigned to work on functions other than my
present functions anywhere within Company. My obligations under this Agreement shall survive the termination of my employment with Company
regardless of the manner of or reasons for such termination, and regardless of whether such termination constitutes a breach of any other
agreement I may
have with Company. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, Company and me and our respective
heirs, legal representatives,
successors and assigns. This Agreement may be assigned by Company for no additional consideration and without
my consent to any successor entity in
the event of a merger, acquisition, change of control, or sale of all or a part of the business
or assets of Company. I acknowledge that the term “Company,”
as used in this Agreement, shall also mean any such successor
entity as the context requires. Failure by Company to insist upon strict compliance with any
term of this Agreement shall not be deemed
a waiver of that or any other right.
 
c. Interpretation.
In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be determined to be unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction
by reason
of its extending for too great a period of time or over too large a geographic area or over too great a range of activities, it shall
be interpreted to
extend only over the maximum period of time, geographic area or range of activities as to which it may be enforceable.
 If after application of the
immediately preceding sentence, any provision of this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid, illegal
or otherwise unenforceable by any court of
competent jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the other provisions of
this Agreement shall not be affected. Except as otherwise provided
in this paragraph, any invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision
of this Agreement shall be severable and all other provisions hereof shall remain in full
force and effect.
 
d. Equitable
Relief. I acknowledge and agree that (i) the provisions set forth in this Agreement are necessary and reasonable to protect Company’s
Confidential Information and goodwill; (ii) the specific time, geography and scope provisions set forth in Section 7 are reasonable and
necessary to protect
Company’s business interests; and (iii) in the event of my breach of any of the agreements set forth in this
Agreement, Company would suffer substantial
irreparable harm and that Company would not have an adequate remedy at law for such breach.
In recognition of the foregoing, I agree that in the event of
a breach or threatened breach of any of these covenants, in addition to
such other remedies as Company may have at law, without posting any bond or
security, Company shall be entitled to seek and obtain equitable
 relief, in the form of specific performance, or temporary, preliminary or permanent
injunctive relief, or any other equitable remedy which
then may be available.
 
e. Governing
Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the substantive laws of the state of
Nevada
without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws, and shall be deemed to be effective as of the first day of my employment by Company.
Both
parties further agree that any action, demand, claim or counterclaim relating to this Agreement shall be resolved by a judge alone,
and both parties hereby
waive and forever renounce the right to a trial before a civil jury.
 
18

 
 
BY PLACING MY SIGNATURE
 HEREUNDER, I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT I HAVE HAD ADEQUATE OPPORTUNITY TO REVIEW
THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS AND TO REFLECT UPON AND CONSIDER
THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT. I
FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT I FULLY UNDERSTAND ITS TERMS AND THAT I VOLUNTARILY EXECUTED
THIS AGREEMENT.
 
 
 
 
EMPLOYEE:
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
 
 
By:
 
 
 
 
 
Print
Name:
                     
 
 
 
 
ACCEPTED:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OPTIMIZERx CORPORATION
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
 
 
By:
 
 
 
 
Name:                         
 
 
 
Its:
 
 
 
19
 

Exhibit 10.21
 
Execution Version
 
AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO FINANCING AGREEMENT
 
AMENDMENT NO.
 2 TO FINANCING AGREEMENT, dated as of September 30, 2024 (this “Amendment”), to the Financing
Agreement, dated as
of October 11, 2023 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including by that certain Joinder
Agreement,
dated as of October 24, 2023, by and among the Lead Borrower (as defined below), Orion Merger Sub, Inc. (“Merger Sub”)
and the Collateral
Agent (as defined below), that certain Joinder and Assumption Agreement, dated as of October 25, 2023, by and among
the Lead Borrower, Merger Sub,
Healthy Offers, Inc. and the Collateral Agent and as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Financing Agreement,
dated as of March 29, 2024, the “Financing
Agreement”), by and among OptimizeRx Corporation (the “Lead Borrower”),
 the lenders from time to time party thereto (each a “Lender” and,
collectively, the “Lenders”) and Blue
Torch Finance, LLC (“Blue Torch”), as collateral agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors
and assigns in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”), and Blue Torch, as administrative agent for the Lenders (in
such capacity, together with its successors
and assigns in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent” and together with
the Collateral Agent, each an “Agent” and, collectively, the “Agents”).
 
WHEREAS, pursuant
to Section 7.03(a) of the Financing Agreement, the Leverage Ratio of the Lead Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the
Test Period ending
September 30, 2024 is not to exceed 3.50:1.00;
 
WHEREAS,
the Loan Parties have requested, and, subject to the following conditions and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the
Financing
Agreement, the Agents and the Required Lenders have agreed to, amend the Financing Agreement to add the underlined text (indicated textually
in the same manner as the following example: double-underlined text)
as set forth in Section 2; and
 
NOW THEREFORE,
in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged,
the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
 
1. Definitions.
All terms used herein that are defined in the Financing Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings
assigned
to them in the Financing Agreement.
 
2. Amendment.
Subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, the Agents and the Required Lenders hereby agree to amend Section
1.01 of the
Financing Agreement by amending the definition of “Leverage Ratio” as follows:
 
(a) “Leverage
Ratio” means, with respect to any Person and its Subsidiaries for any period, the ratio of (a) all Indebtedness described
in clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) in the definition thereof of such Person and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such Test
Period (or, in the case of the
Test Period ending September 30, 2024,
as of October 15, 2024), less an amount, which shall not exceed $7,500,000, equal to the amount of Qualified Cash
as of such
test period (or, in the case of the Test Period ending September 30,
2024, as of October 15, 2024) to (b) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA of such
Person and its Subsidiaries for such Test
Period.
 
 

 
 
3.
Representations and Warranties. Each Loan Party hereby represents and warrants to the Agents and the Lenders as follows:
 
(a)
Representations and Warranties; No Event of Default. The representations and warranties herein, in Article VI of the Financing
Agreement and in each other Loan Document, certificate or other writing delivered by or on behalf of the Loan Parties to any Agent or
any Lender pursuant
to the Financing Agreement or any other Loan Document on or immediately prior to the Amendment Effective Date are
true and correct in all material
respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations or warranties
that already are qualified or modified as to
“materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” in the text thereof, which
representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects subject to such
qualification) on and as of such date as though
made on and as of such date, except to the extent that any such representation or warranty expressly relates
solely to an earlier date
(in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality
qualifier
shall not be applicable to any representations or warranties that already are qualified or modified as to “materiality” or “Material
Adverse Effect”
in the text thereof, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects subject to such
qualification) on and as of such earlier date),
and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the Amendment
Effective Date or would result from this Amendment becoming
effective in accordance with its terms.
 
(b)
Organization, Good Standing, Etc. Each Loan Party (i) is a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership
duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (ii) has all requisite power
and authority to conduct its
business as now conducted and as presently contemplated, and to execute and deliver this Amendment, and to
consummate the transactions contemplated
hereby and by the Financing Agreement, as amended hereby, and (iii) is duly qualified to do business
in, and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where
the character of the properties owned or leased by it or in which the transaction
of its business makes such qualification necessary except (solely for the
purposes of this subclause (iii)) where the failure to be so
qualified and be in good standing could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.
 
(c)
Authorization, Etc. The execution and delivery by each Loan Party of this Amendment and each other Loan Document to which
it is or will be a party, and the performance by it of the Financing Agreement, as amended hereby, (i) are within the power and authority
of such Loan Party
and have been duly authorized by all necessary action, (ii) do not and will not contravene any of its Governing Documents,
(iii) do not and will not result in
or require the creation of any Lien (other than pursuant to any Loan Document) upon or with respect
to any of its properties, (iv) do not and will not result
in any default, noncompliance, suspension, revocation, impairment, forfeiture
or nonrenewal of any permit, license, authorization or approval applicable to
its operations or any of its properties, except (solely
for the purposes of this subclause (iv)) to the extent that such default, noncompliance, suspension,
revocation, impairment, forfeiture
 or nonrenewal could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (v) do not contravene any
applicable Requirement
of Law or any Contractual Obligation binding on or otherwise affecting it or any of its properties, except (solely for the purposes of
this subclause (v)) to the extent it could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
-2-

 
 
(d) Enforceability
of Loan Documents. This Amendment is, and each other Loan Document to which any Loan Party is or will be a
party, when delivered
hereunder, will be, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Person, enforceable against such Person in accordance with its
terms,
except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar
laws affecting creditors’ rights
generally and by principles of equity.
 
(e)
Governmental Approvals. No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental
Authority is required in connection with the due execution, delivery and performance by any Loan Party of any Loan Document to which it
is or will be a
party.
 
4.
Conditions to Effectiveness. This Amendment shall become effective only upon satisfaction in full, in a manner satisfactory
to the Agents,
of the following conditions precedent (the first date upon which all such conditions shall have been satisfied being hereinafter
 referred to as the
“Amendment Effective Date”):
 
(a)
Payment of Fees, Etc. The Borrowers shall have paid on or before the Amendment Effective Date all fees, costs, expenses
and
taxes then payable, if any, pursuant to Section 2.06 or 12.04 of the Financing Agreement.
 
(b)
Delivery of Documents. The Collateral Agent shall have received on or before the Amendment Effective Date a copy of this
Amendment, duly executed by the Loan Parties, each Agent and the Required Lenders.
 
5.
Continued Effectiveness of the Financing Agreement and Other Loan Documents. Each Loan Party hereby (a) acknowledges and
consents
to this Amendment, (b) confirms and agrees that the Financing Agreement and each other Loan Document to which it is a party is,
and shall continue to be,
in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects, except that on and after the
Amendment Effective Date, all references in any
such Loan Document to “the Financing Agreement”, the “Agreement”,
“thereto”, “thereof”, “thereunder” or words of like import referring to the Financing
Agreement shall mean
the Financing Agreement as amended by this Amendment, and (c) confirms and agrees that, to the extent that any such Loan
Document purports
to assign or pledge to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders, or to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the
benefit of the Agents and the Lenders, a security interest in or Lien on any Collateral as security for the Obligations of the Loan Parties
from time to time
existing in respect of the Financing Agreement (as amended hereby) and the other Loan Documents, such pledge, assignment
and/or grant of the security
interest or Lien is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects. This Amendment does not and shall not
affect any of the obligations of the Loan Parties,
other than as expressly provided herein, including, without limitation, the Loan Parties’
obligations to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of
Financing Agreement or the obligations of the Loan Parties under any Loan
Document to which they are a party, all of which obligations shall remain in
full force and effect. Except as expressly provided herein,
the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any
right, power or remedy of any Agent or
any Lender under the Financing Agreement or any other Loan Document nor constitute a waiver of any provision
of the Financing Agreement
or any other Loan Document.
 
6.
No Novation. Nothing herein contained shall be construed as a substitution or novation of the Obligations outstanding under
the Financing
Agreement or instruments securing the same, which shall remain in full force and effect, except as modified hereby.
 
-3-

 
 
7.
No Representations by Agents or Lenders. Each Loan Party hereby acknowledges that it has not relied on any representation,
written or
oral, express or implied, by any Agent or any Lender, other than those expressly contained herein, in entering into this Amendment.
 
8.
Release. Each Loan Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that: (a) neither it nor any of its Subsidiaries has any claim or
cause of action
against any Agent or any Lender (or any of the directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys or consultants of any
of the foregoing), and (b) the Agents
and the Lenders have heretofore properly performed and satisfied in a timely manner all of their
obligations to the Loan Parties, and all of their Subsidiaries
and Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Agents and the Lenders
wish (and the Loan Parties agree) to eliminate any possibility that any past
conditions, acts, omissions, events or circumstances would
impair or otherwise adversely affect any of their rights, interests, security and/or remedies.
Accordingly, for and in consideration of
the agreements contained in this Amendment and other good and valuable consideration, each Loan Party (for
itself and its Subsidiaries
and Affiliates and the successors, assigns, heirs and representatives of each of the foregoing) (collectively, the “Releasors”)
does
hereby fully, finally, unconditionally and irrevocably release, waive and forever discharge the Agents and the Lenders, together
 with their respective
Affiliates and Related Funds, and each of the directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys and consultants
of each of the foregoing (collectively, the
“Released Parties”), from any and all debts, claims, allegations, obligations,
damages, costs, attorneys’ fees, suits, demands, liabilities, actions, proceedings
and causes of action, in each case, whether known or
unknown, contingent or fixed, direct or indirect, and of whatever nature or description, and whether in
law or in equity, under contract,
tort, statute or otherwise, which any Releasor has heretofore had or now or hereafter can, shall or may have against any
Released Party
by reason of any act, omission or thing whatsoever done or omitted to be done, in each case, on or prior to the Amendment Effective Date
directly arising out of, connected with or related to this Amendment, the Financing Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any act,
 event or
transaction related or attendant thereto, or the agreements of any Agent or any Lender contained therein, or the possession,
use, operation or control of any
of the assets of any Loan Party, or the making of any Loans or other advances, or the management of such
Loans or other advances or the Collateral. Each
Loan Party represents and warrants that it has no knowledge of any claim by any Releasor
against any Released Party or of any facts or acts or omissions of
any Released Party which on the date hereof would be the basis of a
claim by any Releasor against any Released Party which would not be released hereby.
 
9.
Further Assurances. The Loan Parties shall execute any and all further documents, agreements and instruments, and take all
further actions,
as may be required under Applicable Law or as any Agent may reasonably request, in order to effect the purposes of this
Amendment.
 
10. Miscellaneous.
 
(a)
This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of
which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed
counterpart of
this Amendment by facsimile or electronic mail shall be equally effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart
of this Amendment.
 
(b)
Section and paragraph headings herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this
Amendment
for any other purpose.
 
-4-

 
 
(c)
This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
 
(d)
Each Loan Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that this Amendment constitutes a “Loan Document” under the Financing
Agreement. Accordingly, it shall be an immediate Event of Default under the Financing Agreement if (i) any representation or warranty
made by any Loan
Party under or in connection with this Amendment shall have been incorrect in any respect when made or deemed made, or
(ii) any Loan Party shall fail to
perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in this Amendment.
 
(e)
Any provision of this Amendment that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be
ineffective
to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining portions hereof or affecting the validity or
enforceability
of such provision in any other jurisdiction.
 
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]
 
-5-

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto
have caused this Amendment to be executed and delivered as of the date set forth on the first
page hereof.
 
 
BORROWERS:
 
 
 
 
OPTIMIZERX CORPORATION
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Edward Stelmakh
 
 
Name: Edward Stelmakh
 
 
Title:
CFO & COO
 
 
HEALTHY OFFERS, INC.
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Edward Stelmakh
 
 
Name:  Edward Stelmakh
 
 
Title:
CFO
 
Amendment No. 1 to Financing Agreement
 
 

 
 
 
COLLATERAL AGENT,
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND
LENDER:
 
 
 
 
BLUE TORCH FINANCE, LLC
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Kevin Genda
 
 
Name:  Kevin Genda
 
 
Title:
Managing Member
 
Amendment No. 2 to Financing Agreement
 
 

 
 
 
LENDERS:
 
 
 
BTC HOLDINGS SBAF FUND LLC
 
 
 
 
By:
Blue Torch Credit Opportunities SBAF Fund LP, its
sole member
 
 
 
 
By:
Blue Torch Credit Opportunities SBAF GP, LLC, its
general partner
 
 
 
 
By:
KPG BTC Management LLC, its sole member
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Kevin Genda
 
Name: Kevin Genda
 
Title:
Managing Member
 
 
 
 
BTC HOLDINGS KRS FUND LLC
 
 
 
 
By:
Blue Torch Credit Opportunities KRS Fund LP, its
sole member
 
 
 
 
By:
Blue Torch Credit Opportunities KRS GP, LLC, its
general partner
 
 
 
 
By:
KPG BTC Management LLC, its sole member
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Kevin Genda
 
Name: Kevin Genda
 
Title:
Managing Member
 
 
 
 
BLUE TORCH CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES
UNLEVERED FUND III LP
 
 
 
 
By:
Blue Torch Credit Opportunities GP III LLC, its
general partner
 
 
 
 
By:
KPG BTC Management LLC, its sole member
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Kevin Genda
 
Name:  Kevin Genda
 
Title:
Managing Member
 
Amendment No. 2 to Financing Agreement
 
 

 
 
 
BTC HOLDINGS FUND III LLC
 
 
 
By:
Blue Torch Credit Opportunities Fund III LP, its sole
member
 
 
 
 
By:
Blue Torch Credit Opportunities GP III LLC, its
general partner
 
 
 
 
By:
KPG BTC Management LLC, its sole member
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Kevin Genda
 
Name: Kevin Genda
 
Title:
Managing Member
 
 
 
 
BTC HOLDINGS FUND III-B LLC
 
 
 
 
By:
Blue Torch Credit Opportunities Fund III LP, its sole
member
 
 
 
 
By:
Blue Torch Credit Opportunities GP III LLC, its
general partner
 
 
 
 
By:
KPG BTC Management LLC, its sole member
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Kevin Genda
 
Name: Kevin Genda
 
Title:
Managing Member
 
 
 
 
BTC HOLDINGS SC FUND LLC
 
 
 
 
By:
Blue Torch Credit Opportunities SC Master Fund LP,
its sole member
 
 
 
 
By:
Blue Torch Credit Opportunities SC GP LLC, its
general partner
 
 
 
 
By:
KPG BTC Management LLC, its sole member
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Kevin Genda
 
Name:  Kevin Genda
 
Title:
Managing Member
 
Amendment No. 2 to Financing Agreement
 
 

 
 
 
BTC OFFSHORE HOLDINGS FUND III LLC
 
 
 
 
By:
Blue Torch Offshore Credit Opportunities Master
Fund III LP, its sole member
 
 
 
 
By:
Blue Torch Offshore Credit Opportunities GP III
LLC, its general partner
 
 
 
 
By:
KPG BTC Management LLC, its sole member
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Kevin Genda
 
Name:  Kevin Genda
 
Title:
Managing Member
 
Amendment No. 2 to Financing Agreement
 
 
 
 
 

Exhibit 10.22
 
Execution Version
 
AMENDMENT NO. 3
 
TO FINANCING AGREEMENT
 
AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO FINANCING
AGREEMENT, dated as of February 5, 2025 (this “Amendment”), to the Financing Agreement,
dated as of October 11,
2023 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including by that certain Joinder Agreement,
dated
as of October 24, 2023, by and among the Lead Borrower (as defined below), Orion Merger Sub, Inc. (“Merger Sub”)
and the Collateral Agent (as
defined below), that certain Joinder and Assumption Agreement, dated as of October 25, 2023, by and
among the Lead Borrower, Merger Sub, Healthy
Offers, Inc. and the Collateral Agent and as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Financing
Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2024 and by Amendment No. 2
to Financing Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2024, the
“Financing Agreement”), by and among OptimizeRx Corporation (the “Lead Borrower”), the
lenders
from time to time party thereto (each a “Lender” and, collectively, the “Lenders”) and Blue Torch
Finance, LLC (“Blue Torch”), as collateral agent
for the Lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors
and assigns in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”), and Blue Torch, as administrative agent
for the Lenders
(in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent” and
together with the Collateral
Agent, each an “Agent” and, collectively, the “Agents”).
 
WHEREAS,
pursuant to Section 12.02 of the Financing Agreement, the Loan Parties have requested, and, subject to the following conditions
and notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in the Financing Agreement, the Agents and the Required Lenders have agreed to, amend the Financing
Agreement
to add the underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: double-underlined
text) as set forth in Section 2;
and
 
NOW THEREFORE,
in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged,
the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
 
1.
Definitions. All terms used herein that are defined in the Financing Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have
the meanings
assigned to them in the Financing Agreement.
 
2.
Amendment. Subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, the Agents and the Required Lenders hereby agree to amend Section
1.01 of the Financing Agreement by amending clause (x) of the definition of “Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” as follows:
 
(i)
“(x) other extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring non-cash charges and extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring items (including
cash items) in an amount not to exceed 5.0% of Consolidated EBITDA in any Test Period,
provided, that, from the period commencing on January 1, 2025
and continuing until the Test Period ending June 30, 2026, amounts attributable
to severance payments made to William J. Febbo in excess of the foregoing
cap, not to exceed $1,100,000 in the aggregate, may be added
back pursuant to this clause (x).”
 
 

 
 
4.
Representations and Warranties. Each Loan Party hereby represents and warrants to the Agents and the Lenders as follows:
 
(a) Representations
and Warranties; No Event of Default. The representations and warranties herein, in Article VI of the Financing
Agreement and in
each other Loan Document, certificate or other writing delivered by or on behalf of the Loan Parties to any Agent or any Lender
pursuant
to the Financing Agreement or any other Loan Document on or immediately prior to the Amendment Effective Date are true and
correct in all material
respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations or
warranties that already are qualified or modified as to
“materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” in the text
thereof, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects subject to such
qualification) on and as of
such date as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent that any such representation or warranty expressly relates
solely to an earlier date (in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects (except
that such materiality
qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations or warranties that already are qualified or modified
as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect”
in the text thereof, which representations and warranties shall
be true and correct in all respects subject to such qualification) on and as of such earlier date),
and no Default or Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing as of the Amendment Effective Date or would result from this Amendment becoming
effective in
accordance with its terms.
 
(b)
Organization, Good Standing, Etc. Each Loan Party (i) is a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership
duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (ii) has all requisite power
and authority to conduct its
business as now conducted and as presently contemplated, and to execute and deliver this Amendment, and to
consummate the transactions contemplated
hereby and by the Financing Agreement, as amended hereby, and (iii) is duly qualified to do business
in, and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where
the character of the properties owned or leased by it or in which the transaction
of its business makes such qualification necessary except (solely for the
purposes of this subclause (iii)) where the failure to be so
qualified and be in good standing could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.
 
(c)
Authorization, Etc. The execution and delivery by each Loan Party of this Amendment and each other Loan Document to which
it is or will be a party, and the performance by it of the Financing Agreement, as amended hereby, (i) are within the power and authority
of such Loan Party
and have been duly authorized by all necessary action, (ii) do not and will not contravene any of its Governing Documents,
(iii) do not and will not result in
or require the creation of any Lien (other than pursuant to any Loan Document) upon or with respect
to any of its properties, (iv) do not and will not result
in any default, noncompliance, suspension, revocation, impairment, forfeiture
or nonrenewal of any permit, license, authorization or approval applicable to
its operations or any of its properties, except (solely
for the purposes of this subclause (iv)) to the extent that such default, noncompliance, suspension,
revocation, impairment, forfeiture
 or nonrenewal could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (v) do not contravene any
applicable Requirement
of Law or any Contractual Obligation binding on or otherwise affecting it or any of its properties, except (solely for the purposes of
this subclause (v)) to the extent it could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(d)
Enforceability of Loan Documents. This Amendment is, and each other Loan Document to which any Loan Party is or will be
a
party, when delivered hereunder, will be, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Person, enforceable against such Person in accordance
with its terms,
except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar
laws affecting creditors’ rights
generally and by principles of equity.
 
-2-

 
 
(e) Governmental
Approvals. No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental
Authority is
required in connection with the due execution, delivery and performance by any Loan Party of any Loan Document to which it is or
will be a
party.
 
5. Conditions
to Effectiveness. This Amendment shall become effective only upon satisfaction in full, in a manner satisfactory to the Agents,
of the following conditions precedent (the first date upon which all such conditions shall have been satisfied being hereinafter
 referred to as the
“Amendment Effective Date”):
 
(a)
Payment of Fees, Etc. The Borrowers shall have paid on or before the Amendment Effective Date (i) an amendment fee equal
to
0.10% of the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loans as of the Amendment Effective Date and (ii) all fees, costs, expenses
and taxes then payable,
if any, pursuant to Section 2.06 or 12.04 of the Financing Agreement.
 
(b)
Delivery of Documents. The Collateral Agent shall have received on or before the Amendment Effective Date a copy of this
Amendment, duly executed by the Loan Parties, each Agent and the Required Lenders.
 
6. Continued
Effectiveness of the Financing Agreement and Other Loan Documents. Each Loan Party hereby (a) acknowledges and consents
to this
Amendment, (b) confirms and agrees that the Financing Agreement and each other Loan Document to which it is a party is, and shall
continue to be,
in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects, except that on and after the
Amendment Effective Date, all references in any
such Loan Document to “the Financing Agreement”, the
“Agreement”, “thereto”, “thereof”, “thereunder” or words of like import referring to the
Financing
Agreement shall mean the Financing Agreement as amended by this Amendment, and (c) confirms and agrees that, to the extent
that any such Loan
Document purports to assign or pledge to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders, or
to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the
benefit of the Agents and the Lenders, a security interest in or Lien on any Collateral as
security for the Obligations of the Loan Parties from time to time
existing in respect of the Financing Agreement (as amended
hereby) and the other Loan Documents, such pledge, assignment and/or grant of the security
interest or Lien is hereby ratified and
confirmed in all respects. This Amendment does not and shall not affect any of the obligations of the Loan Parties,
other than as
expressly provided herein, including, without limitation, the Loan Parties’ obligations to repay the Loans in accordance with the
terms of
Financing Agreement or the obligations of the Loan Parties under any Loan Document to which they are a party, all of which
obligations shall remain in
full force and effect. Except as expressly provided herein, the execution, delivery and effectiveness of
this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any
right, power or remedy of any Agent or any Lender under the Financing Agreement
or any other Loan Document nor constitute a waiver of any provision
of the Financing Agreement or any other Loan Document.
 
7. No
Novation. Nothing herein contained shall be construed as a substitution or novation of the Obligations outstanding under the
Financing
Agreement or instruments securing the same, which shall remain in full force and effect, except as modified hereby.
 
8.
No Representations by Agents or Lenders. Each Loan Party hereby acknowledges that it has not relied on any representation,
written or
oral, express or implied, by any Agent or any Lender, other than those expressly contained herein, in entering into this Amendment.
 
-3-

 
 
9. Release.
Each Loan Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that: (a) neither it nor any of its Subsidiaries has any claim or cause of action
against any Agent or any Lender (or any of the directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys or consultants of any of the
foregoing), and (b) the Agents
and the Lenders have heretofore properly performed and satisfied in a timely manner all of their
obligations to the Loan Parties, and all of their Subsidiaries
and Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Agents and the
Lenders wish (and the Loan Parties agree) to eliminate any possibility that any past
conditions, acts, omissions, events or
circumstances would impair or otherwise adversely affect any of their rights, interests, security and/or remedies.
Accordingly, for
and in consideration of the agreements contained in this Amendment and other good and valuable consideration, each Loan Party (for
itself and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and the successors, assigns, heirs and representatives of each of the foregoing)
(collectively, the “Releasors”) does
hereby fully, finally, unconditionally and irrevocably release, waive and
 forever discharge the Agents and the Lenders, together with their respective
Affiliates and Related Funds, and each of the
directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys and consultants of each of the foregoing (collectively, the
“Released
Parties”), from any and all debts, claims, allegations, obligations, damages, costs, attorneys’ fees, suits, demands,
liabilities, actions, proceedings
and causes of action, in each case, whether known or unknown, contingent or fixed, direct or
indirect, and of whatever nature or description, and whether in
law or in equity, under contract, tort, statute or otherwise, which
any Releasor has heretofore had or now or hereafter can, shall or may have against any
Released Party by reason of any act, omission
or thing whatsoever done or omitted to be done, in each case, on or prior to the Amendment Effective Date
directly arising out of,
 connected with or related to this Amendment, the Financing Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any act, event or
transaction
related or attendant thereto, or the agreements of any Agent or any Lender contained therein, or the possession, use, operation or
control of any
of the assets of any Loan Party, or the making of any Loans or other advances, or the management of such Loans or
other advances or the Collateral. Each
Loan Party represents and warrants that it has no knowledge of any claim by any Releasor
against any Released Party or of any facts or acts or omissions of
any Released Party which on the date hereof would be the basis of
a claim by any Releasor against any Released Party which would not be released hereby.
 
10. Further
Assurances. The Loan Parties shall execute any and all further documents, agreements and instruments, and take all further
actions, as may be required under Applicable Law or as any Agent may reasonably request, in order to effect the purposes of this
Amendment.
 
11. Miscellaneous.
 
(a)
This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of
which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed
counterpart of
this Amendment by facsimile or electronic mail shall be equally effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart
of this Amendment.
 
(b)
Section and paragraph headings herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this
Amendment
for any other purpose.
 
(c)
This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
 
(d)
Each Loan Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that this Amendment constitutes a “Loan Document” under the Financing
Agreement. Accordingly, it shall be an immediate Event of Default under the Financing Agreement if (i) any representation or
warranty made by any Loan
Party under or in connection with this Amendment shall have been incorrect in any respect when made or
deemed made, or (ii) any Loan Party shall fail to
perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in this
Amendment.
 
(e)
Any provision of this Amendment that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be
ineffective
to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining portions hereof or affecting the validity or
enforceability
of such provision in any other jurisdiction.
 
[Remainder of page intentionally left
blank.]
 
-4-

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto
have caused this Amendment to be executed and delivered as of the date set forth on the first
page hereof.
 
 
BORROWERS:
 
 
 
 
OPTIMIZERX CORPORATION
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Edward Stelmakh
 
 
Name: Edward Stelmakh
 
 
Title:
CFO & COO
 
 
HEALTHY OFFERS, INC.
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Edward Stelmakh
 
 
Name:  Edward Stelmakh
 
 
Title:
CFO
 
 

 
 
 
COLLATERAL AGENT,
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND
LENDER:
 
 
 
BLUE TORCH FINANCE, LLC
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Kevin Genda
 
 
Name:  Kevin Genda
 
 
Title:
Managing Member
 
Amendment No. 3 to Financing Agreement
 
 

 
 
 
LENDERS:
 
 
 
BTC HOLDINGS SBAF FUND LLC
 
 
 
 
By:
Blue Torch Credit Opportunities SBAF Fund LP, its
sole member
 
 
 
 
By:
Blue Torch Credit Opportunities SBAF GP, LLC, its
general partner
 
 
 
 
By:
KPG BTC Management LLC, its sole member
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Kevin Genda
 
Name: Kevin Genda
 
Title:
Managing Member
 
 
 
 
BTC HOLDINGS KRS FUND LLC
 
 
 
 
By:
Blue Torch Credit Opportunities KRS Fund LP, its
sole member
 
 
 
 
By:
Blue Torch Credit Opportunities KRS GP, LLC, its
general partner
 
 
 
 
By:
KPG BTC Management LLC, its sole member
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Kevin Genda
 
Name: Kevin Genda
 
Title:
Managing Member
 
 
 
 
BLUE TORCH CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES
UNLEVERED FUND III LP
 
 
 
 
By:
Blue Torch Credit Opportunities GP III LLC, its
general partner
 
 
 
 
By:
KPG BTC Management LLC, its sole member
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Kevin Genda
 
Name:  Kevin Genda
 
Title:
Managing Member
 
Amendment No. 3 to Financing Agreement
 
 

 
 
 
BTC HOLDINGS FUND III LLC
 
 
 
By:
Blue Torch Credit Opportunities Fund III LP, its sole
member
 
 
 
 
By:
Blue Torch Credit Opportunities GP III LLC, its
general partner
 
 
 
 
By:
KPG BTC Management LLC, its sole member
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Kevin Genda
 
Name: Kevin Genda
 
Title:
Managing Member
 
 
 
 
BTC HOLDINGS FUND III-B LLC
 
 
 
 
By:
Blue Torch Credit Opportunities Fund III LP, its sole
member
 
 
 
 
By:
Blue Torch Credit Opportunities GP III LLC, its
general partner
 
 
 
 
By:
KPG BTC Management LLC, its sole member
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Kevin Genda
 
Name: Kevin Genda
 
Title:
Managing Member
 
 
 
 
BTC HOLDINGS SC FUND LLC
 
 
 
 
By:
Blue Torch Credit Opportunities SC Master Fund LP,
its sole member
 
 
 
 
By:
Blue Torch Credit Opportunities SC GP LLC, its
general partner
 
 
 
 
By:
KPG BTC Management LLC, its sole member
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Kevin Genda
 
Name:  Kevin Genda
 
Title:
Managing Member
 
Amendment No. 3 to Financing Agreement
 
 

 
 
 
BTC OFFSHORE HOLDINGS FUND III-B LLC
 
 
 
 
By:
Blue Torch Offshore Credit Opportunities Master
Fund III LP, its sole member
 
 
 
 
By:
Blue Torch Offshore Credit Opportunities GP III
LLC, its general partner
 
 
 
 
By:
KPG BTC Management LLC, its sole member
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Kevin Genda
 
Name:  Kevin Genda
 
Title:
Managing Member
 
 
BTC OFFSHORE HOLDINGS FUND III-D LLC
 
 
 
 
By:
Blue Torch Offshore Credit Opportunities Master
Fund III LP, its sole member
 
 
 
 
By:
Blue Torch Offshore Credit Opportunities GP III
LLC, its general partner
 
 
 
 
By:
KPG BTC Management LLC, its sole member
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Kevin Genda
 
Name:  Kevin Genda
 
Title:
Managing Member
 
Amendment No. 3 to Financing Agreement
 
 
 
 
 
 

Exhibit 19.1
 
OPTIMIZERX CORPORATION
INSIDER TRADING POLICY
 
This Insider Trading Policy (“Policy”)
provides the standards of OptimizeRx Corporation (“OptimizeRx” or the “Company”) with respect to transactions
in
securities of the Company and the handling of confidential information about OptimizeRx and the companies with which OptimizeRx does
business. The
federal securities laws prohibit insider trading. Insider trading occurs when a person uses material non-public information
obtained through involvement
with the Company to make decisions to engage in transactions in the Company’s securities or transmits such
information to any other person who may
trade on the information. Please note that this insider trading policy supplements the restrictions
set forth in the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and
Ethics.
 
From time to time, the Company may engage in transactions
in its own securities. It is the Company’s policy to comply with all insider trading laws, rules
and regulations, and any applicable
listing standards when engaging in transactions in its own securities.
 
This Policy applies to all transactions in the
Company’s securities, including common stock, options and any other securities that the Company may issue,
such as preferred stock, notes,
bonds and convertible securities, as well as to derivative securities relating to any of the Company’s securities, whether or
not issued
by the Company (referred to in this Policy as the “Company’s securities”). The term “transactions” or “trading”
means broadly any purchase,
sale or other transaction to acquire, transfer or dispose of securities, including market option exercises,
gifts or other contributions, exercises of stock
options granted under the Company’s equity plans, sales of stock acquired upon
the exercise of options and the vesting of restricted stock and restricted
stock units and trades made under an employee benefit plan.
 
Section 1 hereof applies to all of the directors,
officers and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. Section 1 of this Policy also applies to such
persons’ family members,
other members of such persons’ households and entities controlled by such persons, as described in more detail below. The
Company
may also determine that other persons should be subject to Section 1 of this Policy, such as contractors or consultants. Section 2 hereof
applies to
all directors and Officers of the Company and the employees described in Appendix A hereto. Section 2 of this Policy also applies
to such persons’ family
members, other members of such persons’ households and entities controlled by such persons, as described
in more detail below. Section 3 hereof sets forth
additional requirements applicable to directors and Officers of the Company.
 
If this Policy applies to you, it also applies
to family members who reside with you (including a spouse, a child, a child away at college, stepchildren,
grandchildren, parents, stepparents,
grandparents, siblings, in-laws and adoptive relationships) or are financially dependent on you, and also includes other
family members
 whose transaction in securities are directed by you or are subject to your influence or control (collectively referred to as “Family
Members”). This Policy also applies to any other person who lives in your household and to any legal entities (such as a corporation,
partnership or trust)
that are influenced or controlled by you (collectively referred to as “Controlled Entities”).
 
Transactions by your Family Members, household
members and Controlled Entities should be treated for the purposes of this Policy as if they were for
your own account. Accordingly,
all references to you with regard to all trading restrictions and pre-clearance procedures in this Policy also apply to
your Family Members,
household members and Controlled Entities. You are personally responsible for the actions of your Family Members, household
members and
Controlled Entities.
 
1

 
 
The Company has established a “Compliance
Committee,” consisting of the Company’s General Counsel, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Executive. All
determinations and
interpretations by a member of the Compliance Committee shall be final and not subject to further review.
 
Any violation of this Policy may result in
immediate dismissal and may subject you to both civil and criminal penalties. This is an extremely
important matter, and we urge you to
read the following with care. If you have any questions about this Policy, including its application to any
proposed transaction, you
may obtain additional guidance from a member of the Compliance Committee. Do not try to resolve uncertainties on
your own, as the rules
relating to insider trading are often complex, not always intuitive and carry severe consequences.
 
Section 1: Trading Restrictions and Guidelines
 
Section 1 of this
Policy applies to all of the directors, officers and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. Section 1 of this Policy also applies
to
such persons’ Family Members, household members and Controlled Entities. All references to you with regard to all
trading restrictions in this Policy
also apply to your Family Members, household members and Controlled Entities. The
Company may also determine that other persons should be subject
to Section 1 of this Policy, such as contractors or consultants.
 
A.
General Policy - Prohibition Against Trading On or Tipping Material Non-Public
Information
 
While in the possession of material non-public
information relating to OptimizeRx, you may not directly or indirectly through family members or other
persons or entities:
 
1.
Engage in transactions in Company securities, except as otherwise specified
in this Policy under the heading “Certain Exceptions to the
Trading Restrictions in this Policy.”
 
2.
Recommend the purchase or sale of any Company securities; or
 
3.
Communicate material non-public information concerning OptimizeRx to any
 other person (including relatives, friends or business
associates), except to the extent necessary to perform authorized work for OptimizeRx
or as required or specifically permitted by law or
legal process. Nor should such information be discussed with any person within OptimizeRx
under circumstances where it could be
overheard. Written information should be appropriately safeguarded and should not be left where
it may be seen by persons not entitled to
the information.
 
In addition, if, in the course of employment with
the Company or the performance of services on the Company’s behalf, you learn material non-public
information about another company
with which the Company proposes to, or does, business, including a vendor, customer or supplier of the Company, you
may not (i) trade
in that company’s securities until the information becomes public or is no longer material, or (ii) communicate that information
or make
any recommendation relating to the buying or selling of securities of such company to any other person, including family and friends,
business associates,
or in any consulting capacity.
 
There are no exceptions to this Policy, except
as specifically noted herein. Transactions that may be necessary or justifiable for independent reasons (such
as the need to raise money
for an emergency expenditure), or small transactions, are not excepted from this Policy. The securities laws do not recognize any
mitigating
circumstances, and, in any event, even the appearance of an improper transaction must be avoided to preserve the Company’s reputation
for
adhering to the highest standards of conduct. This means that you may have to forgo a proposed transaction in the Company’s
or another company’s
securities even if you planned to make the transaction before learning the material non-public information
and even though you believe that waiting may
cause you to suffer an economic loss or not realize anticipated profit.
 
This Policy continues to apply to transactions
in Company securities even after termination of service to OptimizeRx. If an individual is in possession of
material non-public information
when his or her service terminates, that individual may not trade in Company securities until that information has become
public or is
no longer material. Unless notified otherwise by the Company, persons who leave during a blackout period will continue to be subject to
such
blackout period after termination of service to OptimizeRx. The pre-clearance procedures specified in Section 2 will cease to apply
to transactions in
Company securities upon the expiration of any blackout period or other Company-imposed trading restrictions applicable
at the time of the termination of
service.
 
2

 
 
B.
Definitions
 
Material Information.
Material information is any information that a reasonable investor would consider important in determining whether to buy,
sell or hold
securities. Positive or negative information may be material to investors. A determination as to whether information is material depends
on all
of the related facts and circumstances. Material information is not limited to historical facts but may also include projections
and forecasts. Materiality is
based on an assessment of all the facts and circumstances and is often evaluated by courts and enforcement
authorities with the benefit of hindsight.
 
Information that you should consider material includes, but is not
limited to:
 
●
earnings information and quarterly
results;
 
●
financial forecasts, including
earnings estimates;
 
●
changes in previously released
forecasts;
 
●
significant merger, acquisition
or divestiture proposals or agreements;
 
●
major customer wins or losses;
 
●
changes in auditors;
 
●
significant changes in the Company’s
prospects;
 
●
significant or unusual borrowing
or liquidity issues;
 
●
equity or debt offerings;
 
●
purchases or redemptions of
securities;
 
●
change in management or the
Company’s board of directors;
 
●
significant related party transactions;
 
●
development of a significant
new product or service;
 
●
pending or threatened significant
litigation, or the resolution of such litigation; and
 
●
significant cybersecurity incidents.
 
Non-public Information.
Information that has not been disclosed to the public is generally considered to be non-public information. Information is
considered
to be public when it has been released in a manner that is reasonably designed to provide broad, non-exclusionary distribution (e.g.,
by means of
a press release or an SEC filing) and after enough time has elapsed to permit the investment market to absorb and evaluate
the information. As a general
rule, information should not be considered fully absorbed by the market until after the second business
day after the day on which the information is
released. Note that the information disseminated must be some form of “official”
announcement. In other words, the fact that rumors, speculation, or
statements attributed to unidentified sources are public is insufficient
to be considered broadly distributed even when the information is accurate.
 
3

 
 
Officer. Officer
 means the individuals classified by the Company as officers for purposes of SEC rules under Section 16 of the Securities
Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).
 
C.
Trading Blackout Periods
 
Quarterly Blackout Periods.
You cannot engage in transactions in Company securities during a blackout period. OptimizeRx has established four
routine quarterly blackout
periods (“Quarterly Blackout Periods”). Each Quarterly Blackout Period begins at the
close of trading on the 15th day of the final
month of each fiscal quarter (i.e. March 15th, June 15th, September 15th,
and December 15th) and ends on the commencement of trading on Nasdaq on the
third trading day following
the day on which OptimizeRx makes a public news release of its quarterly or annual earnings for the prior fiscal quarter or
fiscal
year, as the case may be.
 
Under certain very limited circumstances, a person
subject to this restriction may be permitted to trade during a Quarterly Blackout Period, but only if the
Compliance Committee concludes
that the person does not in fact possess material non-public information. Persons wishing to trade during a Quarterly
Blackout Period
 must contact the Compliance Committee for approval at least two business days in advance of any proposed transaction involving
Company
securities. Such request may be granted in the sole discretion of the Compliance Committee. Exceptions to the Quarterly Blackout Periods
are
granted infrequently and only in exceptional circumstances. All exception requests should be emailed to the Compliance Committee
 at
preclearance@optimizerx.com.
 
Event-Specific Blackout
Periods. In addition to the Quarterly Blackout Periods, the Compliance Committee may issue instructions from time to
time advising
some or all personnel that they may not engage in transactions in Company securities for certain periods, or that our securities may not
be
traded without prior approval (an “Event-Specific Blackout Period”). Due to the confidential nature of the events that
may trigger these sorts of blackout
periods, the Compliance Committee may find it necessary to inform affected individuals of a blackout
period without disclosing the reason. If you are made
aware of such a blackout period, do not disclose its existence to anyone. Exceptions
will not be granted during an Event-Specific Blackout Period.
 
D.
Certain Exceptions to the
Trading Restrictions in this Policy
 
The trading restrictions
 in this Policy (including the blackout period restrictions) do not apply in the case of the following
 transactions, except as
specifically noted:
 
Exercise of Stock Options.
The trading restrictions in this Policy do not apply to the exercise of an employee stock option acquired pursuant to the
Company’s
equity plans, or to the exercise of a tax withholding right pursuant to which a person has elected to have the Company withhold shares
subject
to an option to satisfy tax withholding requirements. The trading restrictions in this Policy do apply, however,
to any sale of stock as part of a broker-
assisted cashless exercise of an option, or any other market sale for the purpose of generating
the cash needed to pay the exercise price of an option.
 
Vesting of Restricted
 Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Unit Awards. The trading restrictions in this Policy do not apply to the vesting of
restricted
stock or restricted stock units, or the exercise of a tax withholding right pursuant to which you elect to have the Company withhold shares
of
stock to satisfy tax withholding requirements upon the vesting of any restricted stock or restricted stock unit. The trading restrictions
in this Policy do
apply, however, to any market sale of restricted stock and shares of stock received upon the vesting of
restricted stock units.
 
4

 
 
Rule 10b5-1 Trading
Plan. The trading restrictions in this Policy do not apply to purchases or sales of the Company’s securities pursuant to
a pre-
approved Rule 10b5-1 trading program (a “Rule 10b5-1 Plan”). Implementation of a Rule 10b5-1 Plan under the Exchange
Act provides an affirmative
defense (which must be proven) from insider trading liability under Rule 10b-5. A Rule 10b5-1 Plan must be
entered into at a time when the person
entering into the plan is not aware of material non-public information. Once the plan is adopted,
the person must not exercise any influence over the
amount of securities to be traded, the price at which they are to be traded or the
date of the trade. The plan must either specify the amount, pricing and
timing of transactions in advance or delegate discretion on these
matters to an independent third party. Entry into a Rule 10b5-1Plan must comply with the
requirements set forth in “Rule 10b5-1
Plans” below.
 
E.
Rule 10b5-1 Plans
 
Entry into a Rule 10b5-1 Plan requires the prior
written approval of the Compliance Committee (which approval may include an email confirmation). Any
Rule 10b5-1 Plan must be submitted
for approval five days prior to the entry into the Rule 10b5-1 Plan. All pre-clearance submissions should be emailed to
the Compliance
Committee at preclearance@optimizerx.com. No further pre-approval of transactions conducted pursuant to the Rule 10b5-1 Plan will
be
required. You may not adopt a Rule 10b5-1 Plan during any Quarterly Blackout Period or Event-Specific Blackout Period, or at a time
when you are aware
of material non-public information. The following requirements apply to all Rule 10b5-1 Plans:
 
●
directors and Officers may not commence sales under a Rule
10b5-1 plan until the later of (i) 90 days following the date of adoption or
modification of such plan; or (ii) two business days following
the disclosure of the Company’s financial results in a Form 10-K or Form
10-Q relating to the fiscal quarter in which the Rule
10b5-1 plan was adopted or modified (but not to exceed 120 days following plan
adoption or modification);
 
●
all persons other than directors and Officers, may not commence
sales under a Rule 10b5-1 plan until 30 days following the date of
adoption or modification of such plan;
 
●
directors and Officers must provide a representation in the
Rule 10b5-1 plan certifying that, on the date of adoption or modification of the
plan, they (i) are not aware of material nonpublic information
about the Company or its securities; and (ii) are adopting or modifying the
plan in good faith and not as part of a plan or scheme to
evade the prohibitions of Rule 10b-5;
 
●
subject to the limited exceptions set forth in Rule 10b5-1,
you may not maintain multiple, overlapping plans;
 
●
subject to the limited exceptions set forth in Rule 10b5-1,
you can utilize only one single-trade plan (i.e. a plan designed to effect only a
single transaction) during any 12 month period; and
 
●
you must act in good faith with respect to the Rule 10b5-1
plan, not just in connection with entering into the plan.
 
The Company may
impose additional restrictions on Rule 10b5-1 Plans, including without limitation:
 
●
requiring that all
plans be managed by an administrator selected by the Company;
 
●
restrictions on termination
or modification of plans;
 
5

 
 
●
prohibition on entry
into new plans for extended periods following termination of an existing plan; and
 
●
prescribed periods
during which persons may enter into plans.
 
Modification
or termination of Rule 10b5-1 Plans are generally discouraged absent compelling circumstances. Any modification to any Rule 10b5-1 Plan
is
treated as the entry into a new plan and must comply with all of the above requirements.
 
F.
Violations of Insider Trading
Laws
 
Penalties for trading on or communicating material
non-public information can be severe, both for individuals involved in such unlawful conduct and their
employers and supervisors, and
may include jail terms, criminal fines, civil penalties and civil enforcement injunctions. Given the severity of the potential
penalties,
compliance with this Policy is absolutely mandatory. Individuals also may be prohibited from serving as directors or officers of the Company
or
any other public company. Keep in mind that there are no limits on the size of a transaction that will trigger insider trading liability;
relatively small trades
have in the past occasioned SEC investigations and lawsuits.
 
Legal
Penalties. A person who violates insider trading laws by engaging in transactions in a company’s securities when he or she has
material
non-public information can be sentenced to a substantial jail term and required to pay a penalty of several times the amount
of profits gained or losses
avoided. In addition, a person who tips others may also be liable for transactions by the tippees to whom
he or she has disclosed material non-public
information. Tippers can be subject to the same penalties and sanctions as the tippees, and
the SEC has imposed large penalties even when the tipper did
not profit from the transaction. The SEC can also seek substantial penalties
from any person who, at the time of an insider trading violation, “directly or
indirectly controlled the person who committed such
violation,” which would apply to the Company and/or management and supervisory personnel.
 
Company-imposed
Penalties. An individual who violates this Policy may be subject to disciplinary action by the Company, including dismissal or
removal for cause.
 
G.
Additional Guidelines
 
The Company considers it improper and inappropriate
for those employed by or associated with the Company to engage in short-term or speculative
transactions in the Company’s securities
or in other transactions in the Company’s securities that may lead to inadvertent violations of the insider trading
laws. It therefore
is the Company’s policy that any persons covered by this Policy may not engage in any of the following transactions (even if they
do not
possess material non-public information):
 
Short Sales.
You may not engage in short sales of the Company’s securities (sales of securities that are not then owned), including a “sale
against
the box” (a sale with delayed delivery). Short sales of Company securities may evidence an expectation on the part of the
seller that the securities will
decline in value, and therefore have the potential to signal to the market that the seller lacks confidence
in the Company’s prospects. In addition, short sales
may reduce a seller’s incentive to seek to improve the Company’s
performance. For these reasons, short sales of Company securities are prohibited.
 
Publicly Traded Options.
You may not engage in transactions in publicly traded options related to the Company’s securities, such as puts, calls and
other
derivative securities, on an exchange or in any other organized market. Given the relatively short term of publicly traded options, transactions
in
options related to the Company’s securities may create the appearance that you are trading based on material non-public information
 and focus your
attention on short-term performance at the expense of the Company’s long-term objectives. Accordingly, transactions
in publicly traded options related to
the Company’s securities on an exchange or in any other organized market are prohibited by
this Policy.
 
6

 
 
Hedging Transactions.
Hedging or monetization transactions can be accomplished through a number of possible mechanisms, including through
the use of financial
instruments such as prepaid variable forwards, equity swaps, collars and exchange funds. Such hedging transactions may permit you to
continue
to own Company securities obtained through employee benefit plans or otherwise, but without the full risks and rewards of ownership. When
that
occurs, you may no longer have the same objectives as the Company’s other stockholders. Therefore, you are prohibited from
 engaging in any such
transactions.
 
Margin Accounts and
Pledges. Securities held in a margin account or pledged as collateral for a loan may be sold without your consent by the
broker
if you fail to meet a margin call or by the lender in foreclosure if you default on the loan. A margin or foreclosure sale that occurs
when you are
aware of material non-public information may, under some circumstances, result in unlawful insider trading. Therefore, you
are prohibited from holding
Company securities in margin accounts or pledging Company securities as collateral for a loan.
 
Section 2: Additional Restrictions Applicable
to Directors, Officers and Designated Employees
 
Section 2 of this Policy imposes additional restrictions
and applies to all directors and Officers of the Company and the employees described in Appendix
A hereto (“Designated Employees”).
This section of the Policy also applies to such persons’ Family Members, household members and Controlled Entities.
 
A.
Pre-Clearance
 
OptimizeRx requires that all directors, Officers
 and Designated Employees, as well as their respective Family Members, household members and
Controlled Entities, obtain prior written
approval from the Compliance Committee (which approval may include an email confirmation) before engaging in
any transaction in Company
securities. A request for pre-clearance should be submitted to the Compliance Committee at least two business days in advance
of the proposed
transaction. The Compliance Committee is under no obligation to approve a transaction submitted for pre-clearance, and may determine
not
to permit the transaction. If a person seeks pre-clearance and permission to engage in the transaction is denied, then he or she should
refrain from
initiating any transaction in Company securities, and should not inform any other person of the restriction. If approved,
the transaction must be completed
within five business days, but in no event after the commencement of a blackout period. If the transaction
does not occur during the five business day
period, pre-clearance of the transaction must be re-requested. A form of “Request for
Approval” is attached as Appendix B hereto and should be used to
request approval hereunder, unless otherwise notified by a member
of the Compliance Committee. All pre-clearance requests should be emailed to the
Compliance Committee at preclearance@optimizerx.com.
 
The Compliance Committee’s approval of a
transaction submitted for pre-clearance does not constitute legal advice, does not constitute confirmation that
you do not possess material
non-public information and does not relieve you of any of your legal obligations.
 
A member of the Compliance Committee may not trade
in our securities unless another member of the Compliance Committee has approved the trade(s) in
accordance with this Policy’s procedures.
 
7

 
 
B.
Use of Rule 10b5-1 Plans
 
Directors, Officers and Designated Employees,
as well as their respective Family Members, household members and Controlled Entities, who wish to trade
in Company securities are strongly
encouraged to trade such securities pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 Plan. See Section 1E above.
 
Section 3: Additional Requirements
Applicable to Directors and Officers
 
Directors and Officers of the Company (the “Section
16 Insiders”) are also subject to the reporting and short-swing profit rules under Section 16 of the
Exchange Act.
 
A.
Reporting Requirements
 
Section 16(a) requires the directors and Officers
of the Company to file reports with the SEC that identify their beneficial ownership of the Company’s
equity securities and any transactions
they make in those securities. A Form 3 must be filed no later than the tenth (10th) calendar day after an individual
becomes a director
or Officer of the Company, and any subsequent change in beneficial ownership by a Section 16 Insider must, unless exempt from
reporting
or eligible for deferred reporting, be reported on a Form 4 filed within two business days. These reports must be filed with the SEC via
EDGAR
and are therefore immediately publicly available upon filing. Section 16(a) imposes the obligation to file ownership reports with
the SEC on the individual
insiders, not on the Company. However, the Company must disclose any delinquent Section 16 filers in its annual
proxy statement and identify the trading
information that was not properly filed. While it is not the Company’s obligation to do
so, it is the Company’s practice to assist each of its Section 16
Insiders in filing their Section 16(a) reports. In
order to facilitate timely compliance, a Section 16 Insider (or his or her broker) must immediately report (no
later than the same day
such Section 16 Insider engages in the transaction) detailed trade information, in writing, to Company’s General Counsel and Chief
Financial Officer for all transactions made in Company securities by such insider, any family members, household members and entities
that such insider
controls. Although it is the individual responsibility and legal obligation of each director and Officer to comply with
the reporting requirements described
herein, the Compliance Officers will, upon being advised of a transaction, endeavor to prepare and,
pursuant to a power of attorney, timely file Section
16(a) reports on behalf of each Section 16 Insider. A power of attorney (the “POA”)
that authorizes Company personnel to prepare, complete and file
Section 16(a) reports, and otherwise act on a Section 16 Insider’s
behalf regarding Section 16(a) reports, is attached hereto as Appendix C. Section 16
Insiders who would like the Company to assist them
with their Section 16(a) reports should sign the POA and return it to the Company’s General Counsel
and Chief Financial Officer.
 
In addition to the disclosure requirements imposed
by Section 16 of the Exchange Act, directors and Officers of the Company are required to file a Form
144 before making an open market
sale of OptimizeRx securities. Form 144 notifies the SEC of your intent to sell OptimizeRx securities. This form is
generally prepared
and filed by your broker.
 
8

 
 
B.
Short-Swing Profit Rules
 
Section 16(b) provides for the recovery of “short-swing”
 profits from a Section 16 Insider resulting from certain transactions in Company securities
“beneficially owned” by them.
Specifically, a Section 16 Insider is required by law to turn over to the Company any “profit” realized upon a purchase
followed
by a sale, or a sale followed by a purchase, of any equity security of the Company that is beneficially owned by him or her and made within
a
period of less than six months. A profit may result even if the purchase and sale involve different types of equity securities. Moreover,
any sale or purchase
may be matched with any purchase or sale within the period such that there may be recoverable “profit”
even if there has been no economic benefit to the
individual in question. The good faith of a director or Officer is irrelevant to whether
recovery is required under Section 16.
 
Transactions in the Company’s securities
by persons related to a Section 16 Insider (e.g., spouse, children, grandchildren and in-laws), or by entities in
which he or she may
have an indirect interest (e.g., partnerships, corporations and trusts) may be attributed to the Section 16 Insider. Accordingly, such
related persons or entities should be advised not to engage in trades within six months of trades engaged in by the Section 16 Insider,
or engaged in by each
other, without considering the implications of the short-swing profit rules.
 
Amended: March 3, 2025
Amended: March 7, 2023
Approved and adopted: June 22, 2021
 
9

 
 
Appendix A
 
DESIGNATED EMPLOYEES
 
Our current Designated Employees for purposes of our Insider Trading
Policy are on file with the Compliance Committee. The Compliance Committee
may alter the list of Designated Employees at any time, in
which case the Compliance Committee will provide written notice to any individuals added or
removed from such list.
 
A-1

 
 
Appendix B
 
REQUEST FOR APPROVAL TO TRADE COMPANY SECURITIES
 
Number of Securities (e. g., shares): _____________________________
 
Type of Security [check all applicable boxes]
☐ Common stock
☐ Restricted stock
☐ Stock Option
☐ Debt Securities
☐ Other _________________________
 
Type of Transaction [check all applicable boxes]
☐ Stock option exercise (must complete applicable
exercise form)
☐ Purchase
☐ Sale
☐ Gift (Name of Donnee)
☐ Rule lOb5-1 Plan (attach a copy of the 10b5-1 Plan
to this request form)
☐ Sale under benefit plans
☐ Other _________________________
 
Broker Contact Information
Company Name_____________________________________
Contact Name_______________________________________
Telephone__________________________________________
Fax_______________________________________________
Account Number____________________________________
Social Security or other Tax Identification Number_________________________________
 
Status (check all applicable boxes and complete blanks)
 
☐ Employee – Citizenship___________, Country
in which you are based __________________
☐ Board Member
 
I am not currently in possession of any material non-public information
relating to OptimizeRx Corporation. I hereby certify that the statements made on
this form are true and correct. I have also discussed
any questions I had with respect to OptimizeRx’s insider trading policy and its applicability to the
transactions contemplated hereby
with a member of the Compliance Committee.
 
Signature_______________________________ Print Name__________________________________
Date:__________________________________ Telephone Number ___________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
(office use only)
 
Request Approved (transaction must be completed within 5 business days
after approval)
Request Denied
Request Approved with the following modification: _____________________________________________________________
 
Signature & Date_____________________________________________________________
 
B-1

 
 
Appendix C
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
Know all by these presents, that the undersigned
hereby constitutes and appoints each of Marion Odence-Ford and Ed Stelmakh, individually, with full
power of substitution, the undersigned’s
true and lawful attorney-in-fact to:
 
(1) execute
for and on behalf of the undersigned, in the undersigned’s capacity as an officer and/or director of OptimizeRx Corporation (the “Company”),
Forms 3, 4, and 5 in accordance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules thereunder;
 
(2) do
and perform any and all acts for and on behalf of the undersigned which may be necessary or desirable to complete and execute any such
Form 3, 4,
or 5, complete and execute any amendment or amendments thereto, and timely file such form with the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission and any
stock exchange or similar authority; and
 
(3) take
any other action of any type whatsoever in connection with the foregoing which, in the opinion of such attorney-in-fact, may be of benefit
to, in the
best interest of, or legally required by, the undersigned, it being understood that the documents executed by such attorney-in-fact
 on behalf of the
undersigned pursuant to this Power of Attorney shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as such
attorney-in-fact may approve in
such attorney-in-fact’s discretion.
 
The undersigned hereby grants to each such attorney-in-fact,
 individually, full power and authority to do and perform any and every act and thing
whatsoever requisite, necessary, or proper to be
done in the exercise of any of the rights and powers herein granted, as fully to all intents and purposes as
the undersigned might or
could do if personally present, with full power of substitution or revocation, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each such
attorney-in-fact,
or each such attorney-in-fact’s substitute or substitutes, shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue of this Power of Attorney
and the
rights and powers herein granted. The undersigned acknowledges that each such attorney-in-fact, in serving in such capacity at
 the request of the
undersigned, is not assuming, nor is the Company assuming, any of the undersigned’s responsibilities to comply with
Section 16 of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934.
 
This Power of Attorney shall remain in full force
and effect until the undersigned is no longer required to file Forms 3, 4, and 5 with respect to the
undersigned’s holdings of and
transactions in securities issued by the Company, unless earlier revoked by the undersigned in a signed writing delivered to
the foregoing
attorney-in-fact.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused
this Power of Attorney to be executed as of this       day of    , 20______.
 
 
 
 
Signature
 
 
 
 
 
Print Name
 
 
C-1
 
 

Exhibit 21.1
 
OptimizeRx Corporation
 
List of Subsidiaries
 
●
Healthy Offers, Inc. (d/b/a Medicx Health), a Nevada corporation
 
●
CareSpeak Communications, d.o.o., a controlled foreign corporation incorporated in Croatia
 
 

Exhibit 23.1
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT
REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following registration statements on Forms S-8 (File Nos. 333-280300, 333-259218;
333-237630; 333-
230212; 333-210653; and 333-189439) of OptimizeRx Corporation and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) of our report
dated March 20, 2025, with respect to
the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 2024 and 2023
and for the years then ended, which is included in this Annual
Report on Form 10-K of the Company.
 
/s/ UHY LLP
 
 
 
Sterling Heights, Michigan
 
March 20, 2025
 
 
 

Exhibit 31.1
 
Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
I, Stephen Silvestro, certify that;
 
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2024 of OptimizeRx Corp (the “registrant”);
 
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under
which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;
 
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other
financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations
and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are
 responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e))
and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f))
for the registrant and have:
 
a.
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused
such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the registrant,
including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which
this report is being prepared;
 
b.
Designed such internal control over financial reporting,
 or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles;
 
c.
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure
 controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures,
as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d.
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s
internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth
fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially
affect, the registrant’s
internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have
disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the
audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a.
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the
design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably
likely to adversely affect the registrant’s
ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b.
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management
or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control
over financial reporting.
 
Date: March 20, 2025
 
/s/ Stephen Silvestro
 
By:
Stephen Silvestro
 
Title: Chief Executive Officer, Principal Executive Officer
 
 
 

Exhibit 31.2
 
Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
I, Edward Stelmakh, certify that;
 
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2024 of OptimizeRx Corp (the “registrant”);
 
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under
which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;
 
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other
financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations
and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are
 responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e))
and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f))
for the registrant and have:
 
a.
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused
such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the registrant,
including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which
this report is being prepared;
 
b.
Designed such internal control over financial reporting,
 or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles;
 
c.
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure
 controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures,
as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d.
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s
internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth
fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially
affect, the registrant’s
internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have
disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the
audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a.
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the
design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably
likely to adversely affect the registrant’s
ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b.
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management
or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control
over financial reporting.
 
Date: March 20, 2025
 
/s/ Edward Stelmakh
 
By:
Edward Stelmakh
 
Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operations Officer,
Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer  
 
 

Exhibit 32.1
 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the annual Report of OptimizeRx
Corp (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission
(the “Report”), I, Stephen Silvestro, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and I, Edward Stelmakh, certify, pursuant to
18
U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
 
1.
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section
13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
2.
The information contained in the Report fairly presents,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition of the Company as of the dates
presented and the consolidated result of
operations of the Company for the periods presented.
 
By:
/s/ Stephen Silvestro
 
Name:  Stephen Silvestro
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer, Principal Executive Officer
 
Date:
March 20, 2025
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Edward Stelmakh
 
Name:  Edward Stelmakh
 
Title:
Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operations Officer,
Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting
Officer
 
Date:
March 20, 2025
 
 
This certification has been furnished solely pursuant
to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.